1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 117 */ 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 119 120 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 121 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 123 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 124 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 125 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 126 #endif 127 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 128 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 130 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag); 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 132 #else 133 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width); 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 137 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 141 #endif 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 144 static void start_search_hl(void); 145 static void end_search_hl(void); 146 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 147 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 148 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 149 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 150 #endif 151 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 152 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 154 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 155 #endif 156 static void screenclear2(void); 157 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width); 158 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 159 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 160 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 161 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 162 #endif 163 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del); 164 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 165 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 166 static void recording_mode(int attr); 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 168 static void draw_tabline(void); 169 #endif 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 174 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(int type) 195 { 196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 197 } 198 199 void 200 redraw_win_later( 201 win_T *wp, 202 int type) 203 { 204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 205 { 206 wp->w_redr_type = type; 207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 210 must_redraw = type; 211 } 212 } 213 214 /* 215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 217 */ 218 void 219 redraw_later_clear(void) 220 { 221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 223 if (gui.in_use) 224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 227 else 228 #endif 229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 231 } 232 233 /* 234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 235 */ 236 void 237 redraw_all_later(int type) 238 { 239 win_T *wp; 240 241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 242 { 243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 244 } 245 } 246 247 /* 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 249 */ 250 void 251 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 252 { 253 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 254 } 255 256 void 257 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 258 { 259 win_T *wp; 260 261 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 262 { 263 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 264 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 265 } 266 } 267 268 /* 269 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 270 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 271 * Return a code indicating what happened. 272 */ 273 int 274 redraw_asap(int type) 275 { 276 int rows; 277 int cols = screen_Columns; 278 int r; 279 int ret = 0; 280 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 281 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 283 int i; 284 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 285 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 286 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 287 #endif 288 289 redraw_later(type); 290 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 291 return ret; 292 293 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 294 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 295 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 296 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 297 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 298 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 299 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 300 ret = 2; 301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 302 if (enc_utf8) 303 { 304 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 305 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 306 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 307 ret = 2; 308 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 309 { 310 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 311 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 312 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 313 ret = 2; 314 } 315 } 316 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 317 { 318 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 319 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 320 if (screenline2 == NULL) 321 ret = 2; 322 } 323 #endif 324 325 if (ret != 2) 326 { 327 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 328 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 329 { 330 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 331 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 332 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 333 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 334 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 335 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 337 if (enc_utf8) 338 { 339 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 340 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 341 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 342 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 343 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 344 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 345 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 346 } 347 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 348 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 349 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 350 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 351 #endif 352 } 353 354 update_screen(0); 355 ret = 3; 356 357 if (must_redraw == 0) 358 { 359 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 360 361 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 362 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 363 { 364 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 365 screenline + r * cols, 366 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 367 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 368 screenattr + r * cols, 369 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 371 if (enc_utf8) 372 { 373 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 374 screenlineUC + r * cols, 375 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 376 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 377 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 378 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 379 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 380 } 381 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 382 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 383 screenline2 + r * cols, 384 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 385 #endif 386 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 387 } 388 ret = 4; 389 } 390 } 391 392 vim_free(screenline); 393 vim_free(screenattr); 394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 395 if (enc_utf8) 396 { 397 vim_free(screenlineUC); 398 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 399 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 400 } 401 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 402 vim_free(screenline2); 403 #endif 404 405 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 406 maybe_intro_message(); 407 408 setcursor(); 409 410 return ret; 411 } 412 413 /* 414 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 415 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 416 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 417 */ 418 void 419 redraw_after_callback(void) 420 { 421 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 422 ; /* do nothing */ 423 else if (State & CMDLINE) 424 redrawcmdline(); 425 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT)) 426 { 427 update_screen(0); 428 setcursor(); 429 } 430 cursor_on(); 431 out_flush(); 432 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 433 if (gui.in_use) 434 { 435 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 436 * flicker. */ 437 if (!gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 438 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 439 gui_mch_flush(); 440 } 441 #endif 442 } 443 444 /* 445 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 446 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 447 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 448 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 449 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 450 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 451 */ 452 void 453 redrawWinline( 454 linenr_T lnum, 455 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 456 { 457 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 458 int i; 459 #endif 460 461 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 462 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 463 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 464 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 465 redraw_later(VALID); 466 467 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 468 if (invalid) 469 { 470 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 471 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 472 if (i >= 0) 473 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 474 } 475 #endif 476 } 477 478 /* 479 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 480 */ 481 void 482 update_curbuf(int type) 483 { 484 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 485 update_screen(type); 486 } 487 488 /* 489 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 490 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 491 */ 492 void 493 update_screen(int type) 494 { 495 win_T *wp; 496 static int did_intro = FALSE; 497 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 498 int did_one; 499 #endif 500 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 501 int did_undraw = FALSE; 502 int gui_cursor_col; 503 int gui_cursor_row; 504 #endif 505 506 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 507 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 508 return; 509 510 if (must_redraw) 511 { 512 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 513 type = must_redraw; 514 515 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 516 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 517 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 518 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 519 must_redraw = 0; 520 } 521 522 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 523 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 524 type = NOT_VALID; 525 526 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 527 * recursively. */ 528 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 529 { 530 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 531 must_redraw = type; 532 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 533 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 534 return; 535 } 536 537 updating_screen = TRUE; 538 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 539 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 540 * display updating */ 541 #endif 542 543 /* 544 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 545 */ 546 if (msg_scrolled) 547 { 548 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 549 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 550 type = CLEAR; 551 else if (type != CLEAR) 552 { 553 check_for_delay(FALSE); 554 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 555 type = CLEAR; 556 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 557 { 558 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 559 { 560 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 561 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 562 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 563 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 564 { 565 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 566 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 567 } 568 else 569 { 570 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 572 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 573 <= msg_scrolled) 574 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 575 #endif 576 } 577 } 578 } 579 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 580 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 581 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 582 #endif 583 } 584 msg_scrolled = 0; 585 need_wait_return = FALSE; 586 } 587 588 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 589 compute_cmdrow(); 590 591 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 592 if (need_highlight_changed) 593 highlight_changed(); 594 595 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 596 { 597 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 598 type = NOT_VALID; 599 } 600 601 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 602 check_for_delay(FALSE); 603 604 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 605 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 606 * changes. */ 607 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 608 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 609 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 610 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 611 #endif 612 613 /* 614 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 615 */ 616 if (type == INVERTED) 617 update_curswant(); 618 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 619 && !((type == VALID 620 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 622 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 623 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 624 #endif 625 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 626 || (type == INVERTED 627 && VIsual_active 628 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 629 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 630 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 631 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 632 )) 633 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 634 635 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 636 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 637 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 638 draw_tabline(); 639 #endif 640 641 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 642 /* 643 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 644 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 645 */ 646 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 647 { 648 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 649 { 650 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 651 win_T *wwp; 652 653 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 654 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 655 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 656 break; 657 # endif 658 if ( 659 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 660 wwp == wp && 661 # endif 662 syntax_present(wp)) 663 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 664 } 665 } 666 #endif 667 668 /* 669 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 670 * it. 671 */ 672 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 673 did_one = FALSE; 674 #endif 675 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 676 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 677 #endif 678 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 679 { 680 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 681 { 682 cursor_off(); 683 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 684 if (!did_one) 685 { 686 did_one = TRUE; 687 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 688 start_search_hl(); 689 # endif 690 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 691 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 692 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 693 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 694 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 695 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 696 # endif 697 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 698 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 699 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 700 * it. */ 701 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 702 { 703 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 704 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 705 gui_undraw_cursor(); 706 did_undraw = TRUE; 707 } 708 #endif 709 } 710 #endif 711 win_update(wp); 712 } 713 714 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 715 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 716 if (wp->w_redr_status) 717 { 718 cursor_off(); 719 win_redr_status(wp); 720 } 721 #endif 722 } 723 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 724 end_search_hl(); 725 #endif 726 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 727 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 728 if (pum_visible()) 729 pum_redraw(); 730 #endif 731 732 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 733 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 734 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 735 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 736 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 737 #else 738 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 739 #endif 740 741 updating_screen = FALSE; 742 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 743 gui_may_resize_shell(); 744 #endif 745 746 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 747 * mess up the command line. */ 748 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 749 showmode(); 750 751 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 752 if (!did_intro) 753 maybe_intro_message(); 754 did_intro = TRUE; 755 756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 757 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 758 * done. */ 759 if (gui.in_use) 760 { 761 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 762 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 763 { 764 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 765 * uses that. */ 766 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 767 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 768 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 769 gui.col = mb_fix_col(gui.col, gui.row); 770 # endif 771 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 772 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 773 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 774 } 775 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 776 } 777 #endif 778 } 779 780 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 781 /* 782 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 783 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 784 */ 785 static void 786 update_prepare(void) 787 { 788 cursor_off(); 789 updating_screen = TRUE; 790 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 791 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 792 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 793 if (gui.in_use) 794 gui_undraw_cursor(); 795 #endif 796 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 797 start_search_hl(); 798 #endif 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Finish updating one or more windows. 803 */ 804 static void 805 update_finish(void) 806 { 807 if (redraw_cmdline) 808 showmode(); 809 810 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 811 end_search_hl(); 812 # endif 813 814 updating_screen = FALSE; 815 816 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 817 gui_may_resize_shell(); 818 819 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 820 * done. */ 821 if (gui.in_use) 822 { 823 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 824 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 825 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 826 } 827 # endif 828 } 829 #endif 830 831 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 832 /* 833 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 834 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 835 */ 836 int 837 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 838 { 839 int c; 840 841 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 842 return FALSE; 843 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 844 c = 'v'; 845 else if (State & INSERT) 846 c = 'i'; 847 else if (State & NORMAL) 848 c = 'n'; 849 else if (State & CMDLINE) 850 c = 'c'; 851 else 852 return FALSE; 853 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 854 } 855 856 /* 857 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 858 */ 859 void 860 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 861 { 862 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 863 { 864 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 865 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 866 * without concealing. */ 867 curs_columns(TRUE); 868 } 869 } 870 871 void 872 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 873 { 874 int row; 875 int j; 876 877 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 878 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || updating_screen) 879 return; 880 881 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 882 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 883 { 884 update_prepare(); 885 886 row = 0; 887 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 888 { 889 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 890 { 891 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 892 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 893 init_search_hl(wp); 894 start_search_hl(); 895 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 896 # endif 897 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 898 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 899 end_search_hl(); 900 # endif 901 break; 902 } 903 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 904 } 905 906 update_finish(); 907 } 908 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 909 } 910 #endif 911 912 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 913 void 914 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 915 { 916 win_T *wp; 917 int doit = FALSE; 918 919 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 920 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 921 # endif 922 923 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 924 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 925 { 926 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 927 { 928 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 929 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 930 { 931 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 932 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 933 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 934 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 935 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 936 } 937 } 938 else 939 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 940 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 941 doit = TRUE; 942 } 943 944 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 945 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ 946 if (!doit || updating_screen 947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 948 || gui.starting 949 #endif 950 || starting) 951 return; 952 953 /* update all windows that need updating */ 954 update_prepare(); 955 956 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 957 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 958 { 959 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 960 win_update(wp); 961 if (wp->w_redr_status) 962 win_redr_status(wp); 963 } 964 # else 965 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 966 win_update(curwin); 967 # endif 968 969 update_finish(); 970 } 971 #endif 972 973 974 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 975 /* 976 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 977 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 978 */ 979 void 980 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 981 { 982 /* return if already busy updating */ 983 if (updating_screen) 984 return; 985 986 update_prepare(); 987 988 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 989 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 990 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 991 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 992 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 993 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 994 #endif 995 996 win_update(wp); 997 998 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 999 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1000 if (redraw_tabline) 1001 draw_tabline(); 1002 1003 if (wp->w_redr_status 1004 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1005 || p_ru 1006 # endif 1007 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1008 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1009 # endif 1010 ) 1011 win_redr_status(wp); 1012 #endif 1013 1014 update_finish(); 1015 } 1016 #endif 1017 1018 /* 1019 * Update a single window. 1020 * 1021 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1022 * screen or scrolling lines). 1023 * 1024 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1025 * implies the one below it. 1026 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1027 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1028 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1029 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1030 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1031 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1032 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1033 * 3. redraw changed text: 1034 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1035 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1036 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1037 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1038 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1039 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1040 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1041 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1042 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1043 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1044 */ 1045 static void 1046 win_update(win_T *wp) 1047 { 1048 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1049 int type; 1050 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1051 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1052 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1053 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1054 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1055 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1056 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1057 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1058 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1059 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1060 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1061 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1062 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1063 #endif 1064 1065 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1066 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1067 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1068 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1069 1070 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1071 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1072 int i; 1073 long j; 1074 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1075 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1076 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1077 long fold_count; 1078 #endif 1079 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1080 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1081 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1082 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1083 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1084 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1085 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1086 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1087 #endif 1088 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1089 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1090 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1091 int save_got_int; 1092 #endif 1093 1094 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1095 1096 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1097 { 1098 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1099 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1100 #endif 1101 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1102 } 1103 1104 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1105 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1106 { 1107 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1108 return; 1109 } 1110 1111 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1112 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1113 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1114 { 1115 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1116 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1117 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1118 return; 1119 } 1120 #endif 1121 1122 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1123 init_search_hl(wp); 1124 #endif 1125 1126 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1127 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1128 * changes. */ 1129 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1130 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1131 { 1132 type = NOT_VALID; 1133 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1134 } 1135 else 1136 #endif 1137 1138 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1139 { 1140 /* 1141 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1142 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1143 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1144 */ 1145 type = NOT_VALID; 1146 } 1147 else 1148 { 1149 /* 1150 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1151 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1152 */ 1153 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1154 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1155 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1156 else 1157 mod_bot = 0; 1158 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1159 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1160 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1161 { 1162 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1163 { 1164 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1165 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1166 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1167 * in a pattern match. */ 1168 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1169 { 1170 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1171 if (mod_top < 1) 1172 mod_top = 1; 1173 } 1174 #endif 1175 } 1176 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1177 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1178 1179 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1180 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1181 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1182 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1183 * lines above the change. 1184 * Same for a match pattern. 1185 */ 1186 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1187 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1188 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1189 else 1190 { 1191 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1192 while (cur != NULL) 1193 { 1194 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1195 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1196 { 1197 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1198 break; 1199 } 1200 cur = cur->next; 1201 } 1202 } 1203 #endif 1204 } 1205 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1206 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1207 { 1208 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1209 1210 /* 1211 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1212 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1213 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1214 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1215 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1216 */ 1217 1218 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1219 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1220 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1221 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1222 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1223 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1224 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1225 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1226 { 1227 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1228 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1229 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1230 { 1231 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1232 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1233 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1234 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1235 ++lnumb; 1236 } 1237 } 1238 1239 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1240 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1241 mod_top = lnumt; 1242 1243 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1244 --mod_bot; 1245 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1246 ++mod_bot; 1247 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1248 mod_bot = lnumb; 1249 } 1250 #endif 1251 1252 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1253 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1254 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1255 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1256 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1257 { 1258 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1259 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1260 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1261 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1262 top_end = 1; 1263 #endif 1264 } 1265 1266 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1267 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1268 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1269 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1270 } 1271 1272 /* 1273 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1274 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1275 */ 1276 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1277 { 1278 j = 0; 1279 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1280 { 1281 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1282 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1283 { 1284 top_end = j; 1285 break; 1286 } 1287 } 1288 if (top_end == 0) 1289 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1290 type = NOT_VALID; 1291 else 1292 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1293 type = VALID; 1294 } 1295 1296 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1297 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1298 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1299 * called. */ 1300 if (screen_cleared) 1301 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1302 1303 /* 1304 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1305 * handle three cases: 1306 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1307 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1308 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1309 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1310 */ 1311 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1312 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1313 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1314 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1315 #endif 1316 ) 1317 { 1318 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1319 { 1320 /* 1321 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1322 * further down. 1323 */ 1324 } 1325 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1326 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1327 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1328 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1329 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1330 #endif 1331 )) 1332 { 1333 /* 1334 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1335 */ 1336 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1337 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1338 { 1339 linenr_T ln; 1340 1341 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1342 * of folded lines as one */ 1343 j = 0; 1344 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1345 { 1346 ++j; 1347 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1348 break; 1349 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 else 1353 #endif 1354 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1355 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1356 { 1357 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1358 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1359 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1360 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1361 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1362 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1363 #endif 1364 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1365 { 1366 /* 1367 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1368 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1369 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1370 */ 1371 if (i > 0) 1372 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1373 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1374 { 1375 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1376 { 1377 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1378 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1379 top_end = i; 1380 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1381 1382 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1383 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1384 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1385 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1386 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1387 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1388 while (idx >= 0) 1389 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1390 } 1391 } 1392 else 1393 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1394 } 1395 else 1396 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1397 } 1398 else 1399 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1400 } 1401 else 1402 { 1403 /* 1404 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1405 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1406 * needs updating. 1407 */ 1408 1409 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1410 j = -1; 1411 row = 0; 1412 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1413 { 1414 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1415 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1416 { 1417 j = i; 1418 break; 1419 } 1420 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1421 } 1422 if (j == -1) 1423 { 1424 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1425 * lines */ 1426 mid_start = 0; 1427 } 1428 else 1429 { 1430 /* 1431 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1432 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1433 */ 1434 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1435 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1436 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1437 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1438 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1439 else 1440 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1441 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1442 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1443 #endif 1444 if (row > 0) 1445 { 1446 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1447 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1448 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1449 else 1450 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1451 } 1452 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1453 { 1454 /* 1455 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1456 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1457 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1458 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1459 */ 1460 bot_start = 0; 1461 idx = 0; 1462 for (;;) 1463 { 1464 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1465 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1466 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1467 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1468 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1469 { 1470 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1471 break; 1472 } 1473 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1474 1475 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1476 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1477 { 1478 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1479 break; 1480 } 1481 } 1482 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1483 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1484 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1485 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1486 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1487 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1488 + wp->w_topfill; 1489 #endif 1490 } 1491 } 1492 } 1493 1494 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1495 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1496 * first. */ 1497 if (mid_start == 0) 1498 { 1499 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1500 if (ONE_WINDOW) 1501 { 1502 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1503 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1504 * then. */ 1505 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1506 screenclear(); 1507 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1508 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1509 if (redraw_tabline) 1510 draw_tabline(); 1511 #endif 1512 } 1513 } 1514 1515 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1516 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1517 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1518 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1519 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1520 must_redraw = 0; 1521 } 1522 else 1523 { 1524 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1525 mid_start = 0; 1526 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1527 } 1528 1529 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1530 { 1531 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1532 mid_start = 0; 1533 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1534 type = NOT_VALID; 1535 } 1536 1537 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1538 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1539 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1540 { 1541 linenr_T from, to; 1542 1543 if (VIsual_active) 1544 { 1545 if (VIsual_active 1546 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1547 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1548 { 1549 /* 1550 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1551 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1552 * gained or lost. 1553 */ 1554 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1555 { 1556 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1557 to = VIsual.lnum; 1558 } 1559 else 1560 { 1561 from = VIsual.lnum; 1562 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1563 } 1564 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1565 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1566 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1567 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1568 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1569 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1570 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1571 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1572 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1573 } 1574 else 1575 { 1576 /* 1577 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1578 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1579 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1580 */ 1581 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1582 { 1583 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1584 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1585 } 1586 else 1587 { 1588 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1589 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1590 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1591 from = to; 1592 } 1593 1594 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1595 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1596 { 1597 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1598 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1599 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1600 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1601 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1602 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1603 from = VIsual.lnum; 1604 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1605 to = VIsual.lnum; 1606 } 1607 } 1608 1609 /* 1610 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1611 * update all lines. 1612 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1613 */ 1614 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1615 { 1616 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1617 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1618 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1619 1620 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1621 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1622 #endif 1623 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1624 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1625 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1626 #endif 1627 ++toc; 1628 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1629 toc = MAXCOL; 1630 1631 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1632 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1633 { 1634 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1635 from = VIsual.lnum; 1636 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1637 to = VIsual.lnum; 1638 } 1639 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1640 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1641 } 1642 } 1643 else 1644 { 1645 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1646 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1647 { 1648 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1649 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1650 } 1651 else 1652 { 1653 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1654 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1655 } 1656 } 1657 1658 /* 1659 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1660 */ 1661 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1662 from = wp->w_topline; 1663 1664 /* 1665 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1666 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1667 */ 1668 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1669 { 1670 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1671 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1672 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1673 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1674 } 1675 1676 /* 1677 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1678 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1679 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1680 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1681 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1682 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1683 * mid_end (in srow). 1684 */ 1685 if (mid_start > 0) 1686 { 1687 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1688 idx = 0; 1689 srow = 0; 1690 if (scrolled_down) 1691 mid_start = top_end; 1692 else 1693 mid_start = 0; 1694 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1695 { 1696 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1697 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1698 else if (!scrolled_down) 1699 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1700 ++idx; 1701 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1702 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1703 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1704 else 1705 # endif 1706 ++lnum; 1707 } 1708 srow += mid_start; 1709 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1710 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1711 { 1712 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1713 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1714 { 1715 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1716 mid_end = srow; 1717 break; 1718 } 1719 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1720 } 1721 } 1722 } 1723 1724 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1725 { 1726 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1727 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1728 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1729 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1730 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1731 } 1732 else 1733 { 1734 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1735 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1736 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1737 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1738 } 1739 1740 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1741 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1742 save_got_int = got_int; 1743 got_int = 0; 1744 #endif 1745 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1746 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1747 #endif 1748 1749 /* 1750 * Update all the window rows. 1751 */ 1752 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1753 row = 0; 1754 srow = 0; 1755 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1756 for (;;) 1757 { 1758 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1759 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1760 if (row == wp->w_height) 1761 { 1762 didline = TRUE; 1763 break; 1764 } 1765 1766 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1767 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1768 { 1769 eof = TRUE; 1770 break; 1771 } 1772 1773 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1774 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1775 srow = row; 1776 1777 /* 1778 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1779 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1780 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1781 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1782 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1783 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1784 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1785 */ 1786 if (row < top_end 1787 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1788 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1789 || top_to_mod 1790 #endif 1791 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1792 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1793 || (mod_top != 0 1794 && (lnum == mod_top 1795 || (lnum >= mod_top 1796 && (lnum < mod_bot 1797 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1798 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1799 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1800 && syntax_present(wp) 1801 && ( 1802 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1803 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1804 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1805 # endif 1806 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1807 #endif 1808 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1809 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1810 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1811 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1812 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1813 #endif 1814 ))))) 1815 { 1816 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1817 if (lnum == mod_top) 1818 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1819 #endif 1820 1821 /* 1822 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1823 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1824 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1825 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1826 */ 1827 if (lnum == mod_top 1828 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1829 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1830 { 1831 int old_rows = 0; 1832 int new_rows = 0; 1833 int xtra_rows; 1834 linenr_T l; 1835 1836 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1837 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1838 * currently displayed. */ 1839 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1840 { 1841 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1842 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1843 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1844 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1845 break; 1846 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1847 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1848 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1849 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1850 { 1851 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1852 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1853 ++i; 1854 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1855 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1856 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1857 break; 1858 } 1859 #endif 1860 } 1861 1862 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1863 { 1864 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1865 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1866 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1867 bot_start = 0; 1868 } 1869 else 1870 { 1871 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1872 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1873 j = idx; 1874 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1875 { 1876 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1877 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1878 ++new_rows; 1879 else 1880 #endif 1881 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1882 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1883 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1884 + wp->w_topfill; 1885 else 1886 #endif 1887 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1888 ++j; 1889 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1890 { 1891 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1892 new_rows = 9999; 1893 break; 1894 } 1895 } 1896 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1897 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1898 { 1899 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1900 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1901 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1902 * below the scrolled text. */ 1903 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1904 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1905 else 1906 { 1907 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1908 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1909 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1910 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1911 else 1912 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1913 } 1914 } 1915 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1916 { 1917 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1918 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1919 * rest. */ 1920 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1921 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1922 else 1923 { 1924 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1925 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1926 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1927 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1928 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1929 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1930 * updating down. */ 1931 top_end += xtra_rows; 1932 } 1933 } 1934 1935 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1936 * entries. */ 1937 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1938 { 1939 if (j < i) 1940 { 1941 int x = row + new_rows; 1942 1943 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1944 for (;;) 1945 { 1946 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1947 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1948 { 1949 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1950 break; 1951 } 1952 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1953 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1954 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1955 > wp->w_height) 1956 { 1957 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1958 break; 1959 } 1960 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1961 ++i; 1962 } 1963 if (bot_start > x) 1964 bot_start = x; 1965 } 1966 else /* j > i */ 1967 { 1968 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1969 j -= i; 1970 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1971 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1972 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1973 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1974 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1975 1976 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1977 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1978 * Reset to zero. */ 1979 while (i >= idx) 1980 { 1981 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1982 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1983 } 1984 } 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1990 /* 1991 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1992 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1993 * 'wrap' is on). 1994 */ 1995 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1996 if (fold_count != 0) 1997 { 1998 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1999 ++row; 2000 --fold_count; 2001 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2002 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2003 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2004 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2005 # endif 2006 } 2007 else 2008 #endif 2009 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2010 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2011 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2012 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2013 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2014 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2015 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2016 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2017 #endif 2018 ) 2019 { 2020 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2021 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2022 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2023 } 2024 else 2025 { 2026 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2027 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2028 #endif 2029 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2030 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2031 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2032 && syntax_present(wp)) 2033 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2034 #endif 2035 2036 /* 2037 * Display one line. 2038 */ 2039 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2040 2041 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2042 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2043 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2044 #endif 2045 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2046 did_update = DID_LINE; 2047 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2048 #endif 2049 } 2050 2051 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2052 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2053 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2054 { 2055 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2056 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2057 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2058 ++idx; 2059 break; 2060 } 2061 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2062 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2063 ++idx; 2064 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2065 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2066 #else 2067 ++lnum; 2068 #endif 2069 } 2070 else 2071 { 2072 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2073 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2074 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2075 break; 2076 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2077 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2078 #else 2079 ++lnum; 2080 #endif 2081 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2082 did_update = DID_NONE; 2083 #endif 2084 } 2085 2086 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2087 { 2088 eof = TRUE; 2089 break; 2090 } 2091 } 2092 /* 2093 * End of loop over all window lines. 2094 */ 2095 2096 2097 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2098 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2099 2100 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2101 /* 2102 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2103 */ 2104 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2105 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2106 #endif 2107 2108 /* 2109 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2110 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2111 */ 2112 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2113 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2114 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2115 #endif 2116 if (!eof && !didline) 2117 { 2118 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2119 { 2120 /* 2121 * Single line that does not fit! 2122 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2123 */ 2124 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2125 } 2126 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2127 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2128 { 2129 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2130 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2131 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2132 } 2133 #endif 2134 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2135 { 2136 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2137 2138 /* 2139 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2140 */ 2141 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, W_WINCOL(wp), 2142 HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2143 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2144 (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2145 '@', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2146 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2147 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2148 } 2149 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2150 { 2151 /* 2152 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2153 */ 2154 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2155 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2156 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2157 '@', '@', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2158 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2159 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2160 } 2161 else 2162 { 2163 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2164 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2165 } 2166 } 2167 else 2168 { 2169 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 2170 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2171 #endif 2172 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2173 { 2174 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2175 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2176 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2177 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2178 { 2179 /* 2180 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2181 */ 2182 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2183 i = '-'; 2184 else 2185 i = fill_diff; 2186 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2187 j = wp->w_height - row; 2188 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2189 row += j; 2190 } 2191 #endif 2192 } 2193 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2194 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2195 2196 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2197 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2198 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2199 } 2200 2201 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2202 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2203 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2204 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2205 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2206 #endif 2207 2208 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2209 { 2210 /* 2211 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2212 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2213 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2214 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2215 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2216 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2217 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2218 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2219 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2220 * changes are relevant). 2221 */ 2222 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2223 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2224 { 2225 recursive = TRUE; 2226 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2227 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2228 if (must_redraw != 0) 2229 { 2230 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2231 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2232 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2233 win_update(curwin); 2234 must_redraw = 0; 2235 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2236 } 2237 recursive = FALSE; 2238 } 2239 } 2240 2241 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2242 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2243 if (!got_int) 2244 got_int = save_got_int; 2245 #endif 2246 } 2247 2248 /* 2249 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2250 * as the filler character. 2251 */ 2252 static void 2253 win_draw_end( 2254 win_T *wp, 2255 int c1, 2256 int c2, 2257 int row, 2258 int endrow, 2259 hlf_T hl) 2260 { 2261 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2262 int n = 0; 2263 # define FDC_OFF n 2264 #else 2265 # define FDC_OFF 0 2266 #endif 2267 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2268 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2269 #endif 2270 2271 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2272 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2273 { 2274 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2275 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2276 n = fdc; 2277 2278 if (n > 0) 2279 { 2280 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2281 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2282 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2283 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2284 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2285 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2286 } 2287 # endif 2288 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2289 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2290 { 2291 int nn = n + 2; 2292 2293 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2294 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2295 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2296 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2297 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2298 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2299 n = nn; 2300 } 2301 # endif 2302 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2303 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2304 c2, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2305 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2306 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2307 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2308 } 2309 else 2310 #endif 2311 { 2312 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2313 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2314 { 2315 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2316 n = 1; 2317 if (n > wp->w_width) 2318 n = wp->w_width; 2319 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2320 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2321 cmdwin_type, ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_AT)); 2322 } 2323 #endif 2324 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2325 if (fdc > 0) 2326 { 2327 int nn = n + fdc; 2328 2329 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2330 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2331 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2332 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2333 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2334 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2335 n = nn; 2336 } 2337 #endif 2338 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2339 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2340 { 2341 int nn = n + 2; 2342 2343 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2344 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2345 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2346 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2347 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2348 ' ', ' ', HL_ATTR(HLF_SC)); 2349 n = nn; 2350 } 2351 #endif 2352 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2353 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2354 c1, c2, HL_ATTR(hl)); 2355 } 2356 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2357 } 2358 2359 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2360 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2361 2362 /* 2363 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2364 */ 2365 static int 2366 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2367 { 2368 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2369 ++*color_cols; 2370 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2371 } 2372 #endif 2373 2374 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2375 /* 2376 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2377 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2378 */ 2379 static int 2380 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2381 { 2382 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2383 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2384 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2385 2386 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2387 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2388 return fdc; 2389 } 2390 2391 /* 2392 * Display one folded line. 2393 */ 2394 static void 2395 fold_line( 2396 win_T *wp, 2397 long fold_count, 2398 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2399 linenr_T lnum, 2400 int row) 2401 { 2402 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2403 pos_T *top, *bot; 2404 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2405 int len; 2406 char_u *text; 2407 int fdc; 2408 int col; 2409 int txtcol; 2410 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2411 int ri; 2412 2413 /* Build the fold line: 2414 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2415 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2416 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2417 * 4. Compose the text 2418 * 5. Add the text 2419 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2420 */ 2421 col = 0; 2422 2423 /* 2424 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2425 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2426 */ 2427 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2428 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2429 { 2430 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2431 ScreenAttrs[off] = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 2432 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2433 if (enc_utf8) 2434 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2435 #endif 2436 ++col; 2437 } 2438 #endif 2439 2440 /* 2441 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2442 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2443 */ 2444 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2445 if (fdc > 0) 2446 { 2447 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2448 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2449 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2450 { 2451 int i; 2452 2453 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2454 HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2455 /* reverse the fold column */ 2456 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2457 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2458 } 2459 else 2460 #endif 2461 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, HL_ATTR(HLF_FC)); 2462 col += fdc; 2463 } 2464 2465 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2466 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2467 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2468 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2469 else \ 2470 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2471 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2472 #else 2473 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2474 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2475 #endif 2476 2477 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2478 * text */ 2479 RL_MEMSET(col, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2480 2481 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2482 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2483 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2484 { 2485 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2486 if (len > 0) 2487 { 2488 if (len > 2) 2489 len = 2; 2490 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2491 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2492 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2493 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2494 (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2495 else 2496 # endif 2497 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2498 col += len; 2499 } 2500 } 2501 #endif 2502 2503 /* 2504 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2505 */ 2506 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2507 { 2508 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2509 if (len > 0) 2510 { 2511 int w = number_width(wp); 2512 long num; 2513 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2514 2515 if (len > w + 1) 2516 len = w + 1; 2517 2518 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2519 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2520 num = (long)lnum; 2521 else 2522 { 2523 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2524 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2525 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2526 { 2527 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2528 * line number */ 2529 num = lnum; 2530 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2531 } 2532 } 2533 2534 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2535 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2536 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2537 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2538 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2539 HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2540 else 2541 #endif 2542 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, HL_ATTR(HLF_FL)); 2543 col += len; 2544 } 2545 } 2546 2547 /* 2548 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2549 */ 2550 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2551 2552 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2553 2554 /* 2555 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2556 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2557 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2558 */ 2559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2560 if (has_mbyte) 2561 { 2562 int cells; 2563 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2564 int i; 2565 int idx; 2566 int c_len; 2567 char_u *p; 2568 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2569 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2570 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2571 # endif 2572 2573 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2574 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2575 idx = off; 2576 else 2577 # endif 2578 idx = off + col; 2579 2580 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2581 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2582 { 2583 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2584 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2585 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2586 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2587 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2588 # endif 2589 ) 2590 break; 2591 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2592 if (enc_utf8) 2593 { 2594 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2595 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2596 { 2597 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2598 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2599 prev_c = u8c; 2600 #endif 2601 } 2602 else 2603 { 2604 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2605 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2606 { 2607 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2608 int pc, pc1, nc; 2609 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2610 int firstbyte = *p; 2611 2612 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2613 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2614 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2615 { 2616 pc = prev_c; 2617 pc1 = prev_c1; 2618 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2619 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2620 } 2621 else 2622 { 2623 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2624 nc = prev_c; 2625 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2626 } 2627 prev_c = u8c; 2628 2629 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2630 pc, pc1, nc); 2631 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2632 } 2633 else 2634 prev_c = u8c; 2635 #endif 2636 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2637 #ifdef UNICODE16 2638 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2639 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2640 else 2641 #endif 2642 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2643 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2644 { 2645 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2646 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2647 break; 2648 } 2649 } 2650 if (cells > 1) 2651 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2652 } 2653 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2654 /* double-byte single width character */ 2655 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2656 else if (cells > 1) 2657 /* double-width character */ 2658 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2659 col += cells; 2660 idx += cells; 2661 p += c_len; 2662 } 2663 } 2664 else 2665 #endif 2666 { 2667 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2668 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2669 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2670 if (len > 0) 2671 { 2672 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2673 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2674 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2675 else 2676 #endif 2677 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2678 col += len; 2679 } 2680 } 2681 2682 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2683 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2684 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2685 col -= txtcol; 2686 #endif 2687 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2688 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2689 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2690 #endif 2691 ) 2692 { 2693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2694 if (enc_utf8) 2695 { 2696 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2697 { 2698 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2699 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2700 } 2701 else 2702 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2703 } 2704 #endif 2705 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2706 } 2707 2708 if (text != buf) 2709 vim_free(text); 2710 2711 /* 2712 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2713 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2714 */ 2715 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2716 { 2717 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2718 { 2719 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2720 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2721 bot = &VIsual; 2722 } 2723 else 2724 { 2725 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2726 top = &VIsual; 2727 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2728 } 2729 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2730 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2731 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2732 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2733 || (lnum == top->lnum 2734 && top->col == 0)) 2735 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2736 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2737 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2738 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2739 { 2740 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2741 { 2742 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2743 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2744 { 2745 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2746 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2747 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2748 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2749 else 2750 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2751 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), 2752 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2753 } 2754 } 2755 else 2756 { 2757 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2758 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, HL_ATTR(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2759 } 2760 } 2761 } 2762 2763 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2764 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2765 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2766 { 2767 int i = 0; 2768 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2769 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2770 2771 while (j > -1) 2772 { 2773 txtcol += j; 2774 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2775 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2776 else 2777 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2778 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2779 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2780 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 2781 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2782 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2783 } 2784 } 2785 2786 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2787 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2788 { 2789 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2790 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2791 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2792 else 2793 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2794 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2795 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2796 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 2797 } 2798 #endif 2799 2800 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2801 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2802 2803 /* 2804 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2805 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2806 */ 2807 if (wp == curwin 2808 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2809 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2810 { 2811 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2812 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2813 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2814 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2815 } 2816 } 2817 2818 /* 2819 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2820 */ 2821 static void 2822 copy_text_attr( 2823 int off, 2824 char_u *buf, 2825 int len, 2826 int attr) 2827 { 2828 int i; 2829 2830 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2831 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2832 if (enc_utf8) 2833 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2834 # endif 2835 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2836 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2837 } 2838 2839 /* 2840 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2841 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2842 */ 2843 static void 2844 fill_foldcolumn( 2845 char_u *p, 2846 win_T *wp, 2847 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2848 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2849 { 2850 int i = 0; 2851 int level; 2852 int first_level; 2853 int empty; 2854 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2855 2856 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2857 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2858 2859 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2860 if (level > 0) 2861 { 2862 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2863 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2864 2865 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2866 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2867 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2868 if (first_level < 1) 2869 first_level = 1; 2870 2871 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2872 { 2873 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2874 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2875 p[i] = '-'; 2876 else if (first_level == 1) 2877 p[i] = '|'; 2878 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2879 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2880 else 2881 p[i] = '>'; 2882 if (first_level + i == level) 2883 break; 2884 } 2885 } 2886 if (closed) 2887 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2888 } 2889 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2890 2891 /* 2892 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2893 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2894 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2895 * 2896 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2897 */ 2898 static int 2899 win_line( 2900 win_T *wp, 2901 linenr_T lnum, 2902 int startrow, 2903 int endrow, 2904 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 2905 { 2906 int col = 0; /* visual column on screen */ 2907 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2908 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2909 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2910 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2911 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 2912 #endif 2913 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2914 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2915 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2916 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2917 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2918 2919 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2920 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2921 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 2922 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 2923 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2924 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2925 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2926 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2927 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2928 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2929 2930 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2931 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2932 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2933 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2934 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2935 2936 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2937 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2938 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2939 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2940 2941 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2942 2943 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2944 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2945 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2946 pos_T *top, *bot; 2947 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 2948 pos_T pos; 2949 long v; 2950 2951 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2952 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 2953 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2954 in this line */ 2955 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2956 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2957 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2958 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2959 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 2960 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2961 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2962 int save_did_emsg; 2963 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 2964 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 2965 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 2966 #endif 2967 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2968 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2969 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2970 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2971 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2972 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2973 starts */ 2974 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2975 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2976 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2977 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2978 * there are no spell errors */ 2979 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2980 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2981 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2982 #endif 2983 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2985 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2986 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2987 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2988 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2989 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 2990 #endif 2991 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2992 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2993 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2994 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2995 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2996 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2997 #endif 2998 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2999 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3000 int need_showbreak = FALSE; /* overlong line, skipping first x 3001 chars */ 3002 #endif 3003 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 3004 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3005 # define LINE_ATTR 3006 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3007 #endif 3008 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3009 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3010 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3011 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3012 has been processed or not */ 3013 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3014 in progress */ 3015 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3016 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3017 of the matches */ 3018 #endif 3019 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3020 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3021 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3022 #endif 3023 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3024 int did_line_attr = 0; 3025 #endif 3026 3027 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3028 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3029 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3030 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3031 #else 3032 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3033 #endif 3034 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3035 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3036 #else 3037 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3038 #endif 3039 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3040 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3041 #else 3042 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3043 #endif 3044 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3045 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3046 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3047 #else 3048 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3049 #endif 3050 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3051 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3052 #else 3053 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3054 #endif 3055 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3056 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3057 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3058 int feedback_col = 0; 3059 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3060 #endif 3061 3062 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3063 int syntax_flags = 0; 3064 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3065 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3066 int conceal_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CONCEAL); 3067 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3068 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3069 wrapping */ 3070 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3071 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3072 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3073 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3074 int old_boguscols = 0; 3075 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3076 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3077 { \ 3078 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3079 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3080 vcol_off = 0; \ 3081 col -= boguscols; \ 3082 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3083 boguscols = 0; \ 3084 } 3085 #else 3086 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3087 #endif 3088 3089 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3090 return startrow; 3091 3092 row = startrow; 3093 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3094 3095 /* 3096 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3097 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3098 */ 3099 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3100 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3101 #else 3102 extra_check = 0; 3103 #endif 3104 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3105 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) 3106 { 3107 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3108 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3109 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3110 did_emsg = FALSE; 3111 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3112 if (did_emsg) 3113 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3114 else 3115 { 3116 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3117 has_syntax = TRUE; 3118 extra_check = TRUE; 3119 } 3120 } 3121 3122 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3123 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3124 if (color_cols != NULL) 3125 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3126 #endif 3127 3128 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3129 if (wp->w_p_spell 3130 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3131 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3132 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3133 { 3134 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3135 has_spell = TRUE; 3136 extra_check = TRUE; 3137 3138 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3139 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3140 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3141 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3142 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3143 { 3144 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3145 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3146 } 3147 3148 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3149 * line is valid. */ 3150 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3151 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3152 checked_lnum = 0; 3153 3154 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3155 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3156 * the first word. */ 3157 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3158 cap_col = -1; 3159 if (lnum == 1) 3160 cap_col = 0; 3161 capcol_lnum = 0; 3162 } 3163 #endif 3164 3165 /* 3166 * handle visual active in this window 3167 */ 3168 fromcol = -10; 3169 tocol = MAXCOL; 3170 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3171 { 3172 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3173 if (LTOREQ_POS(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3174 { 3175 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3176 bot = &VIsual; 3177 } 3178 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3179 { 3180 top = &VIsual; 3181 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3182 } 3183 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3184 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3185 { 3186 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3187 { 3188 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3189 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3190 } 3191 } 3192 else /* non-block mode */ 3193 { 3194 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3195 fromcol = 0; 3196 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3197 { 3198 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3199 fromcol = 0; 3200 else 3201 { 3202 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3203 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3204 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3205 } 3206 } 3207 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3208 { 3209 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3210 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3211 && bot->coladd == 0 3212 #endif 3213 ) 3214 { 3215 fromcol = -10; 3216 tocol = MAXCOL; 3217 } 3218 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3219 tocol = MAXCOL; 3220 else 3221 { 3222 pos = *bot; 3223 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3224 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3225 else 3226 { 3227 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3228 ++tocol; 3229 } 3230 } 3231 } 3232 } 3233 3234 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3235 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3236 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3237 && !gui.in_use 3238 #endif 3239 ) 3240 noinvcur = TRUE; 3241 3242 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3243 if (fromcol >= 0) 3244 { 3245 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3246 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_V); 3247 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3248 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3249 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3250 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3251 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3252 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_VNC); 3253 #endif 3254 } 3255 } 3256 3257 /* 3258 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3259 */ 3260 else if (highlight_match 3261 && wp == curwin 3262 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3263 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3264 { 3265 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3266 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3267 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3268 else 3269 fromcol = 0; 3270 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3271 { 3272 pos.lnum = lnum; 3273 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3274 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3275 } 3276 else 3277 tocol = MAXCOL; 3278 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3279 if (fromcol == tocol) 3280 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3281 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3282 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_I); 3283 } 3284 3285 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3286 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3287 if (filler_lines < 0) 3288 { 3289 if (filler_lines == -1) 3290 { 3291 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3292 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3293 else if (change_start == 0) 3294 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3295 else 3296 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3297 } 3298 else 3299 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3300 filler_lines = 0; 3301 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3302 } 3303 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3304 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3305 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3306 #endif 3307 3308 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3309 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3310 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3311 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3312 if (v != 0) 3313 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3314 # endif 3315 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3316 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3317 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3318 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 3319 # endif 3320 if (line_attr != 0) 3321 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3322 #endif 3323 3324 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3325 ptr = line; 3326 3327 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3328 if (has_spell) 3329 { 3330 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3331 if (cap_col == 0) 3332 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3333 3334 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3335 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3336 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3337 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3338 { 3339 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3340 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3341 nextline_idx = 0; 3342 } 3343 else 3344 { 3345 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3346 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3347 { 3348 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3349 * next line. */ 3350 nextlinecol = 0; 3351 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3352 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3353 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3354 } 3355 else 3356 { 3357 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3358 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3359 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3360 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3361 } 3362 } 3363 } 3364 #endif 3365 3366 if (wp->w_p_list) 3367 { 3368 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3369 extra_check = TRUE; 3370 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3371 if (lcs_trail) 3372 { 3373 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3374 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3375 --trailcol; 3376 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3377 } 3378 } 3379 3380 /* 3381 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3382 * first character to be displayed. 3383 */ 3384 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3385 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3386 else 3387 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3388 if (v > 0) 3389 { 3390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3391 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3392 #endif 3393 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3394 { 3395 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3396 vcol += c; 3397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3398 prev_ptr = ptr; 3399 #endif 3400 MB_PTR_ADV(ptr); 3401 } 3402 3403 /* When: 3404 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3405 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3406 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3407 * - the visual mode is active, 3408 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3409 */ 3410 if (vcol < v && ( 3411 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3412 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3413 #endif 3414 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3415 virtual_active() || 3416 #endif 3417 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3418 { 3419 vcol = v; 3420 } 3421 3422 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3423 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3424 if (vcol > v) 3425 { 3426 vcol -= c; 3427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3428 ptr = prev_ptr; 3429 #else 3430 --ptr; 3431 #endif 3432 /* If the character fits on the screen, don't need to skip it. 3433 * Except for a TAB. */ 3434 if (( 3435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3436 (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) >= c || 3437 #endif 3438 *ptr == TAB) && col == 0) 3439 n_skip = v - vcol; 3440 } 3441 3442 /* 3443 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3444 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3445 */ 3446 if (tocol <= vcol) 3447 fromcol = 0; 3448 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3449 fromcol = vcol; 3450 3451 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3452 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3453 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3454 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3455 #endif 3456 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3457 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3458 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3459 if (has_spell) 3460 { 3461 int len; 3462 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3463 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3464 3465 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3466 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3467 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3468 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3469 3470 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3471 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3472 ptr = line + linecol; 3473 3474 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3475 { 3476 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3477 * word */ 3478 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3479 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3480 } 3481 else 3482 { 3483 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3484 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3485 3486 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3487 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3488 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3489 } 3490 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3491 3492 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3493 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3494 if (has_syntax) 3495 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3496 # endif 3497 } 3498 #endif 3499 } 3500 3501 /* 3502 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3503 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3504 */ 3505 if (fromcol >= 0) 3506 { 3507 if (noinvcur) 3508 { 3509 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3510 { 3511 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3512 * cursor */ 3513 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3514 fromcol = -1; 3515 } 3516 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3517 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3518 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3519 } 3520 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3521 fromcol = -1; 3522 } 3523 3524 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3525 /* 3526 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3527 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3528 */ 3529 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3530 shl_flag = FALSE; 3531 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3532 { 3533 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3534 { 3535 shl = &search_hl; 3536 shl_flag = TRUE; 3537 } 3538 else 3539 shl = &cur->hl; 3540 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3541 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3542 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3543 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3544 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3545 if (cur != NULL) 3546 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3547 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3548 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3549 3550 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3551 * invalid. */ 3552 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3553 ptr = line + v; 3554 3555 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3556 { 3557 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3558 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3559 else 3560 shl->startcol = 0; 3561 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3562 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3563 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3564 else 3565 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3566 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3567 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3568 { 3569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3570 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3571 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3572 else 3573 #endif 3574 ++shl->endcol; 3575 } 3576 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3577 { 3578 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3579 search_attr = shl->attr; 3580 } 3581 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3582 } 3583 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3584 cur = cur->next; 3585 } 3586 #endif 3587 3588 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3589 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3590 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3591 * then. */ 3592 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3593 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3594 { 3595 line_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL); 3596 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3597 } 3598 #endif 3599 3600 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3601 col = 0; 3602 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3603 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3604 { 3605 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3606 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3607 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3608 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3609 off += col; 3610 } 3611 #endif 3612 3613 /* 3614 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3615 */ 3616 for (;;) 3617 { 3618 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3619 has_match_conc = 0; 3620 #endif 3621 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3622 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3623 { 3624 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3625 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3626 { 3627 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3628 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3629 { 3630 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3631 n_extra = 1; 3632 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3633 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3634 } 3635 } 3636 #endif 3637 3638 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3639 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3640 { 3641 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3642 3643 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3644 if (fdc > 0) 3645 { 3646 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. Allocate a buffer, "extra" may 3647 * already be in use. */ 3648 vim_free(p_extra_free); 3649 p_extra_free = alloc(12 + 1); 3650 3651 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 3652 { 3653 fill_foldcolumn(p_extra_free, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3654 n_extra = fdc; 3655 p_extra_free[n_extra] = NUL; 3656 p_extra = p_extra_free; 3657 c_extra = NUL; 3658 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_FC); 3659 } 3660 } 3661 } 3662 #endif 3663 3664 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3665 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3666 { 3667 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3668 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3669 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3670 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3671 { 3672 int text_sign; 3673 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3674 int icon_sign; 3675 # endif 3676 3677 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3678 c_extra = ' '; 3679 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SC); 3680 n_extra = 2; 3681 3682 if (row == startrow 3683 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3684 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3685 #endif 3686 ) 3687 { 3688 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3689 SIGN_TEXT); 3690 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3691 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3692 SIGN_ICON); 3693 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3694 { 3695 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3696 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3697 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3698 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3699 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3700 # endif 3701 char_attr = icon_sign; 3702 } 3703 else 3704 # endif 3705 if (text_sign != 0) 3706 { 3707 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3708 if (p_extra != NULL) 3709 { 3710 c_extra = NUL; 3711 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3712 } 3713 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3714 } 3715 } 3716 } 3717 } 3718 #endif 3719 3720 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3721 { 3722 draw_state = WL_NR; 3723 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3724 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3725 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3726 && (row == startrow 3727 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3728 + filler_lines 3729 #endif 3730 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3731 { 3732 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3733 if (row == startrow 3734 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3735 + filler_lines 3736 #endif 3737 ) 3738 { 3739 long num; 3740 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3741 3742 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3743 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3744 num = (long)lnum; 3745 else 3746 { 3747 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3748 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3749 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3750 { 3751 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3752 num = lnum; 3753 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3754 } 3755 } 3756 3757 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3758 number_width(wp), num); 3759 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3760 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3761 *p_extra = '-'; 3762 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3763 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3764 rl_mirror(extra); 3765 #endif 3766 p_extra = extra; 3767 c_extra = NUL; 3768 } 3769 else 3770 c_extra = ' '; 3771 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3772 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_N); 3773 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3774 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3775 * the current line differently. 3776 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3777 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3778 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3779 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3780 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CLN); 3781 #endif 3782 } 3783 } 3784 3785 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3786 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3787 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3788 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3789 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3790 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3791 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3792 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3793 3794 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3795 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3796 { 3797 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3798 /* if need_showbreak is set, breakindent also applies */ 3799 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 3800 && (row != startrow || need_showbreak) 3801 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3802 && filler_lines == 0 3803 # endif 3804 ) 3805 { 3806 char_attr = 0; 3807 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3808 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3809 { 3810 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 3811 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3812 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3813 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3814 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3815 # endif 3816 } 3817 # endif 3818 p_extra = NULL; 3819 c_extra = ' '; 3820 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3821 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3822 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3823 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3824 if (tocol == vcol) 3825 tocol += n_extra; 3826 } 3827 } 3828 #endif 3829 3830 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3831 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3832 { 3833 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3834 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3835 if (filler_todo > 0) 3836 { 3837 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3838 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3839 c_extra = '-'; 3840 else 3841 c_extra = fill_diff; 3842 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3843 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3844 n_extra = col + 1; 3845 else 3846 # endif 3847 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3848 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_DED); 3849 } 3850 # endif 3851 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3852 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3853 { 3854 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3855 p_extra = p_sbr; 3856 c_extra = NUL; 3857 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3858 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 3859 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3860 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3861 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3862 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3863 if (tocol == vcol) 3864 tocol += n_extra; 3865 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3866 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3867 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3868 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3869 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 3870 #endif 3871 } 3872 # endif 3873 } 3874 #endif 3875 3876 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3877 { 3878 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3879 if (saved_n_extra) 3880 { 3881 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3882 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3883 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3884 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3885 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3886 } 3887 else 3888 char_attr = 0; 3889 } 3890 } 3891 3892 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3893 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 3894 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3895 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3896 && filler_todo <= 0 3897 #endif 3898 ) 3899 { 3900 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3901 wp->w_p_rl); 3902 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 3903 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 3904 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3905 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 3906 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 3907 else 3908 #endif 3909 row = wp->w_height; 3910 break; 3911 } 3912 3913 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3914 { 3915 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3916 if (vcol == fromcol 3917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3918 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3919 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3920 #endif 3921 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3922 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 3923 && vcol < tocol)) 3924 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3925 else if (area_attr != 0 3926 && (vcol == tocol 3927 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3928 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3929 3930 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3931 if (!n_extra) 3932 { 3933 /* 3934 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3935 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3936 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3937 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3938 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 3939 * priority). 3940 */ 3941 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3942 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3943 shl_flag = FALSE; 3944 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3945 { 3946 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3947 && ((cur != NULL 3948 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3949 || cur == NULL)) 3950 { 3951 shl = &search_hl; 3952 shl_flag = TRUE; 3953 } 3954 else 3955 shl = &cur->hl; 3956 if (cur != NULL) 3957 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3958 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 3959 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 3960 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 3961 { 3962 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3963 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3964 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3965 { 3966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3967 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 3968 3969 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 3970 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 3971 #endif 3972 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3973 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3974 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 3975 == cur->hlg_id) 3976 { 3977 has_match_conc = 3978 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 3979 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 3980 } 3981 else 3982 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 3983 #endif 3984 } 3985 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3986 { 3987 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3988 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3989 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3990 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 3991 ? FALSE : TRUE; 3992 3993 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3994 * may have made it invalid. */ 3995 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3996 ptr = line + v; 3997 3998 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3999 { 4000 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 4001 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 4002 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 4003 else 4004 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4005 4006 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4007 { 4008 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4009 * it */ 4010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4011 if (has_mbyte) 4012 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4013 + shl->endcol); 4014 else 4015 #endif 4016 ++shl->endcol; 4017 } 4018 4019 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4020 * current position */ 4021 continue; 4022 } 4023 } 4024 break; 4025 } 4026 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4027 cur = cur->next; 4028 } 4029 4030 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4031 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4032 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4033 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4034 shl_flag = FALSE; 4035 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4036 { 4037 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4038 && ((cur != NULL 4039 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4040 || cur == NULL)) 4041 { 4042 shl = &search_hl; 4043 shl_flag = TRUE; 4044 } 4045 else 4046 shl = &cur->hl; 4047 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4048 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4049 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4050 cur = cur->next; 4051 } 4052 } 4053 #endif 4054 4055 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4056 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4057 { 4058 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4059 && n_extra == 0) 4060 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4061 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4062 && n_extra == 0) 4063 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4064 line_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4065 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4066 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4067 } 4068 #endif 4069 4070 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4071 attr_pri = TRUE; 4072 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4073 if (area_attr != 0) 4074 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4075 else if (search_attr != 0) 4076 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4077 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4078 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4079 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4080 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4081 || vcol >= tocol)) 4082 char_attr = line_attr; 4083 #else 4084 if (area_attr != 0) 4085 char_attr = area_attr; 4086 else if (search_attr != 0) 4087 char_attr = search_attr; 4088 #endif 4089 else 4090 { 4091 attr_pri = FALSE; 4092 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4093 if (has_syntax) 4094 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4095 else 4096 #endif 4097 char_attr = 0; 4098 } 4099 } 4100 4101 /* 4102 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4103 */ 4104 /* 4105 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4106 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4107 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4108 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4109 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4110 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4111 */ 4112 if (n_extra > 0) 4113 { 4114 if (c_extra != NUL) 4115 { 4116 c = c_extra; 4117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4118 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4119 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4120 { 4121 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4122 u8cc[0] = 0; 4123 c = 0xc0; 4124 } 4125 else 4126 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4127 #endif 4128 } 4129 else 4130 { 4131 c = *p_extra; 4132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4133 if (has_mbyte) 4134 { 4135 mb_c = c; 4136 if (enc_utf8) 4137 { 4138 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4139 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4140 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 4141 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4142 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4143 mb_l = 1; 4144 else if (mb_l > 1) 4145 { 4146 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4147 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4148 c = 0xc0; 4149 } 4150 } 4151 else 4152 { 4153 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4154 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4155 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4156 mb_l = 1; 4157 else if (mb_l > 1) 4158 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4159 } 4160 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4161 mb_l = 1; 4162 4163 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4164 * last column. */ 4165 if (( 4166 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4167 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4168 # endif 4169 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4170 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4171 { 4172 c = '>'; 4173 mb_c = c; 4174 mb_l = 1; 4175 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4176 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4177 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4178 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4179 ++n_extra; 4180 --p_extra; 4181 } 4182 else 4183 { 4184 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4185 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4186 } 4187 } 4188 #endif 4189 ++p_extra; 4190 } 4191 --n_extra; 4192 } 4193 else 4194 { 4195 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4196 int c0; 4197 #endif 4198 4199 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4200 { 4201 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4202 p_extra_free = NULL; 4203 } 4204 /* 4205 * Get a character from the line itself. 4206 */ 4207 c = *ptr; 4208 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4209 c0 = *ptr; 4210 #endif 4211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4212 if (has_mbyte) 4213 { 4214 mb_c = c; 4215 if (enc_utf8) 4216 { 4217 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4218 * into "mb_c". */ 4219 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 4220 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4221 if (mb_l > 1) 4222 { 4223 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4224 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4225 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4226 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4227 { 4228 c = mb_c; 4229 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4230 c0 = mb_c; 4231 # endif 4232 } 4233 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4234 4235 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4236 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4237 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4238 { 4239 int i; 4240 4241 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4242 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4243 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4244 mb_c = ' '; 4245 } 4246 } 4247 4248 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4249 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4250 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4251 # ifdef UNICODE16 4252 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4253 # endif 4254 ))) 4255 { 4256 /* 4257 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4258 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4259 */ 4260 # ifdef UNICODE16 4261 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4262 # endif 4263 { 4264 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4265 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4266 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4267 rl_mirror(extra); 4268 # endif 4269 } 4270 # ifdef UNICODE16 4271 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4272 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4273 else 4274 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4275 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4276 # endif 4277 4278 p_extra = extra; 4279 c = *p_extra; 4280 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4281 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4282 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4283 c_extra = NUL; 4284 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4285 { 4286 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4287 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4288 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4289 } 4290 } 4291 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4292 mb_l = 1; 4293 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4294 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4295 { 4296 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4297 int pc, pc1, nc; 4298 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4299 4300 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4301 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4302 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4303 { 4304 pc = prev_c; 4305 pc1 = prev_c1; 4306 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4307 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4308 } 4309 else 4310 { 4311 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4312 nc = prev_c; 4313 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4314 } 4315 prev_c = mb_c; 4316 4317 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4318 } 4319 else 4320 prev_c = mb_c; 4321 #endif 4322 } 4323 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4324 { 4325 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4326 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4327 mb_l = 1; 4328 else if (mb_l > 1) 4329 { 4330 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4331 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4332 */ 4333 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4334 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4335 else 4336 { 4337 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4338 { 4339 /* head byte at end of line */ 4340 mb_l = 1; 4341 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4342 } 4343 else 4344 { 4345 /* illegal tail byte */ 4346 mb_l = 2; 4347 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4348 } 4349 p_extra = extra; 4350 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4351 c_extra = NUL; 4352 c = *p_extra++; 4353 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4354 { 4355 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4356 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4357 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4358 } 4359 mb_c = c; 4360 } 4361 } 4362 } 4363 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4364 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4365 * next line. */ 4366 if (( 4367 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4368 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4369 # endif 4370 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4371 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4372 { 4373 c = '>'; 4374 mb_c = c; 4375 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4376 mb_l = 1; 4377 multi_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4378 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4379 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4380 --ptr; 4381 } 4382 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4383 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4384 4385 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4386 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4387 * characters. */ 4388 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4389 { 4390 n_extra = 1; 4391 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4392 c = ' '; 4393 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4394 { 4395 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4396 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4397 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4398 } 4399 mb_c = c; 4400 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4401 mb_l = 1; 4402 } 4403 4404 } 4405 #endif 4406 ++ptr; 4407 4408 if (extra_check) 4409 { 4410 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4411 int can_spell = TRUE; 4412 #endif 4413 4414 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4415 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4416 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4417 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4418 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4419 { 4420 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4421 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4422 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4423 did_emsg = FALSE; 4424 4425 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4426 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4427 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4428 # endif 4429 NULL, FALSE); 4430 4431 if (did_emsg) 4432 { 4433 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4434 has_syntax = FALSE; 4435 } 4436 else 4437 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4438 4439 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4440 * have made it invalid. */ 4441 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4442 ptr = line + v; 4443 4444 if (!attr_pri) 4445 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4446 else 4447 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4448 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4449 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4450 * with line highlighting */ 4451 if (c == NUL) 4452 syntax_flags = 0; 4453 else 4454 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4455 # endif 4456 } 4457 #endif 4458 4459 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4460 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4461 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4462 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4463 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4464 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4465 { 4466 spell_attr = 0; 4467 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4468 if (!attr_pri) 4469 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4470 # endif 4471 if (c != 0 && ( 4472 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4473 !has_syntax || 4474 # endif 4475 can_spell)) 4476 { 4477 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4478 int len; 4479 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4480 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4481 if (has_mbyte) 4482 { 4483 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4484 v -= mb_l - 1; 4485 } 4486 else 4487 # endif 4488 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4489 4490 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4491 * next line concatenated. */ 4492 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4493 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4494 else 4495 p = prev_ptr; 4496 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4497 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4498 nochange); 4499 word_end = v + len; 4500 4501 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4502 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4503 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4504 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4505 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4506 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4507 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4508 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4509 { 4510 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4511 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4512 } 4513 4514 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4515 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4516 { 4517 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4518 * start of the next line. */ 4519 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4520 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4521 } 4522 4523 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4524 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4525 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4526 4527 if (cap_col > 0) 4528 { 4529 if (p != prev_ptr 4530 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4531 { 4532 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4533 * must start with a capital. */ 4534 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4535 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4536 - nextline_idx); 4537 } 4538 else 4539 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4540 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4541 } 4542 } 4543 } 4544 if (spell_attr != 0) 4545 { 4546 if (!attr_pri) 4547 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4548 else 4549 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4550 } 4551 #endif 4552 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4553 /* 4554 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4555 */ 4556 if (wp->w_p_lbr && c0 == c 4557 && VIM_ISBREAK(c) && !VIM_ISBREAK((int)*ptr)) 4558 { 4559 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4560 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4561 # endif 4562 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4563 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4564 mb_off + 4565 # endif 4566 1); 4567 4568 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4569 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4570 NULL) - 1; 4571 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4572 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4573 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4574 4575 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4576 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4577 # else 4578 c_extra = ' '; 4579 # endif 4580 if (VIM_ISWHITE(c)) 4581 { 4582 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4583 if (c == TAB) 4584 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4585 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4586 #endif 4587 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4588 c = ' '; 4589 } 4590 } 4591 #endif 4592 4593 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4594 */ 4595 if (wp->w_p_list 4596 && (((c == 160 4597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4598 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4599 #endif 4600 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4601 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4602 { 4603 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4604 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4605 { 4606 n_attr = 1; 4607 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4608 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4609 } 4610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4611 mb_c = c; 4612 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4613 { 4614 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4615 u8cc[0] = 0; 4616 c = 0xc0; 4617 } 4618 else 4619 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4620 #endif 4621 } 4622 4623 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4624 { 4625 c = lcs_trail; 4626 if (!attr_pri) 4627 { 4628 n_attr = 1; 4629 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4630 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4631 } 4632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4633 mb_c = c; 4634 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4635 { 4636 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4637 u8cc[0] = 0; 4638 c = 0xc0; 4639 } 4640 else 4641 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4642 #endif 4643 } 4644 } 4645 4646 /* 4647 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4648 */ 4649 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4650 { 4651 /* 4652 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4653 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4654 * into "ScreenLines". 4655 */ 4656 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4657 { 4658 int tab_len = 0; 4659 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4660 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4661 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4662 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4663 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4664 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4665 #endif 4666 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4667 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4668 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4669 4670 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4671 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4672 #endif 4673 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4674 n_extra = tab_len; 4675 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4676 else 4677 { 4678 char_u *p; 4679 int len = n_extra; 4680 int i; 4681 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4682 4683 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4684 if (vcol_off > 0) 4685 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4686 tab_len += vcol_off; 4687 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4688 */ 4689 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4690 && n_extra > tab_len) 4691 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4692 #endif 4693 4694 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4695 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4696 * for a tab */ 4697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4698 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4699 if (n_extra > 0) 4700 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4701 #endif 4702 c = lcs_tab1; 4703 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4704 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4705 p[len] = NUL; 4706 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4707 p_extra_free = p; 4708 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4709 { 4710 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4711 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4712 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4713 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4714 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4715 #else 4716 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4717 #endif 4718 } 4719 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4720 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4721 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4722 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4723 if (vcol_off > 0) 4724 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4725 #endif 4726 } 4727 #endif 4728 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4729 { 4730 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4731 4732 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4733 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4734 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4735 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4736 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4737 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4738 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4739 4740 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4741 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4742 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4743 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4744 && lcs_tab1) 4745 tab_len += vc_saved; 4746 } 4747 #endif 4748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4749 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4750 #endif 4751 if (wp->w_p_list) 4752 { 4753 c = lcs_tab1; 4754 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4755 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4756 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4757 else 4758 #endif 4759 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4760 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4761 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4762 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4764 mb_c = c; 4765 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4766 { 4767 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4768 u8cc[0] = 0; 4769 c = 0xc0; 4770 } 4771 #endif 4772 } 4773 else 4774 { 4775 c_extra = ' '; 4776 c = ' '; 4777 } 4778 } 4779 else if (c == NUL 4780 && (wp->w_p_list 4781 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4782 && tocol > vcol 4783 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4784 && ( 4785 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4786 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4787 # endif 4788 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4789 && !(noinvcur 4790 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4791 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4792 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4793 { 4794 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4795 * character if the line break is included. */ 4796 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4797 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4798 * "$". */ 4799 if ( 4800 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4801 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4802 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4803 && 4804 # endif 4805 # endif 4806 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4807 line_attr == 0 4808 # endif 4809 ) 4810 #endif 4811 { 4812 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4813 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4814 * beyond end of line. */ 4815 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4816 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4817 n_extra = 0; 4818 else 4819 #endif 4820 { 4821 p_extra = at_end_str; 4822 n_extra = 1; 4823 c_extra = NUL; 4824 } 4825 } 4826 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4827 c = lcs_eol; 4828 else 4829 c = ' '; 4830 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4831 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4832 if (!attr_pri) 4833 { 4834 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 4835 n_attr = 1; 4836 } 4837 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4838 mb_c = c; 4839 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4840 { 4841 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4842 u8cc[0] = 0; 4843 c = 0xc0; 4844 } 4845 else 4846 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4847 #endif 4848 } 4849 else if (c != NUL) 4850 { 4851 p_extra = transchar(c); 4852 if (n_extra == 0) 4853 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4854 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4855 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4856 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4857 #endif 4858 c_extra = NUL; 4859 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4860 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4861 { 4862 char_u *p; 4863 4864 c = *p_extra; 4865 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 4866 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 4867 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 4868 p[n_extra] = NUL; 4869 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4870 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 4871 } 4872 else 4873 #endif 4874 { 4875 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4876 c = *p_extra++; 4877 } 4878 if (!attr_pri) 4879 { 4880 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4881 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 4882 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4883 } 4884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4885 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4886 #endif 4887 } 4888 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4889 else if (VIsual_active 4890 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 4891 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 4892 && virtual_active() 4893 && tocol != MAXCOL 4894 && vcol < tocol 4895 && ( 4896 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4897 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4898 # endif 4899 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4900 { 4901 c = ' '; 4902 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4903 } 4904 #endif 4905 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4906 else if (( 4907 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4908 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 4909 # endif 4910 line_attr != 0 4911 ) && ( 4912 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4913 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4914 # endif 4915 (col 4916 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4917 - boguscols 4918 # endif 4919 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4920 { 4921 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4922 c = ' '; 4923 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4924 4925 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 4926 ++did_line_attr; 4927 4928 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 4929 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 4930 char_attr = line_attr; 4931 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4932 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4933 { 4934 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4935 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4936 { 4937 char_attr = HL_ATTR(diff_hlf); 4938 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4939 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4940 HL_ATTR(HLF_CUL)); 4941 } 4942 } 4943 # endif 4944 } 4945 #endif 4946 } 4947 4948 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4949 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 4950 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 4951 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 4952 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 4953 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 4954 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 4955 { 4956 char_attr = conceal_attr; 4957 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 4958 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 4959 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 4960 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 4961 { 4962 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 4963 * character. */ 4964 if (match_conc) 4965 c = match_conc; 4966 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 4967 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 4968 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 4969 c = lcs_conceal; 4970 else 4971 c = ' '; 4972 4973 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 4974 4975 if (n_extra > 0) 4976 vcol_off += n_extra; 4977 vcol += n_extra; 4978 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 4979 { 4980 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4981 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4982 { 4983 col -= n_extra; 4984 boguscols -= n_extra; 4985 } 4986 else 4987 # endif 4988 { 4989 boguscols += n_extra; 4990 col += n_extra; 4991 } 4992 } 4993 n_extra = 0; 4994 n_attr = 0; 4995 } 4996 else if (n_skip == 0) 4997 { 4998 is_concealing = TRUE; 4999 n_skip = 1; 5000 } 5001 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5002 mb_c = c; 5003 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5004 { 5005 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5006 u8cc[0] = 0; 5007 c = 0xc0; 5008 } 5009 else 5010 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5011 # endif 5012 } 5013 else 5014 { 5015 prev_syntax_id = 0; 5016 is_concealing = FALSE; 5017 } 5018 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5019 } 5020 5021 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5022 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5023 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5024 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5025 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5026 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5027 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5028 { 5029 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5030 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5031 wp->w_wcol = W_WIDTH(wp) - col + boguscols - 1; 5032 else 5033 # endif 5034 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5035 wp->w_wrow = row; 5036 did_wcol = TRUE; 5037 } 5038 #endif 5039 5040 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5041 if (n_attr > 0 5042 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5043 && !attr_pri) 5044 char_attr = extra_attr; 5045 5046 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5047 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5048 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5049 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5050 if (xic != NULL 5051 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5052 && (State & INSERT) 5053 && !p_imdisable 5054 && im_is_preediting() 5055 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5056 { 5057 colnr_T tcol; 5058 5059 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5060 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5061 else 5062 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5063 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5064 { 5065 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5066 { 5067 feedback_col = 0; 5068 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5069 } 5070 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5071 if (char_attr < 0) 5072 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5073 feedback_col++; 5074 } 5075 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5076 { 5077 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5078 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5079 feedback_col = 0; 5080 } 5081 } 5082 #endif 5083 /* 5084 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5085 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5086 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5087 */ 5088 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5089 && wp->w_p_list 5090 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5091 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5092 && filler_todo <= 0 5093 #endif 5094 && draw_state > WL_NR 5095 && c != NUL) 5096 { 5097 c = lcs_prec; 5098 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5099 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5100 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5101 { 5102 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5103 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5104 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5105 n_extra = 1; 5106 n_attr = 2; 5107 extra_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5108 } 5109 mb_c = c; 5110 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5111 { 5112 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5113 u8cc[0] = 0; 5114 c = 0xc0; 5115 } 5116 else 5117 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5118 #endif 5119 if (!attr_pri) 5120 { 5121 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5122 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5123 n_attr3 = 1; 5124 } 5125 } 5126 5127 /* 5128 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5129 */ 5130 if (c == NUL 5131 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5132 || did_line_attr == 1 5133 #endif 5134 ) 5135 { 5136 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5137 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5138 5139 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5140 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5141 ++prevcol; 5142 #endif 5143 5144 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5145 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5146 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5147 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5148 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5149 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5150 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5151 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5152 else 5153 { 5154 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5155 while (cur != NULL) 5156 { 5157 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5158 { 5159 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5160 break; 5161 } 5162 cur = cur->next; 5163 } 5164 } 5165 #endif 5166 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5167 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5168 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5169 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5170 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5171 && c == NUL) 5172 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5173 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5174 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5175 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5176 && did_line_attr <= 1 5177 # endif 5178 ) 5179 #endif 5180 )) 5181 { 5182 int n = 0; 5183 5184 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5185 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5186 { 5187 if (col < 0) 5188 n = 1; 5189 } 5190 else 5191 #endif 5192 { 5193 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5194 n = -1; 5195 } 5196 if (n != 0) 5197 { 5198 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5199 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5200 off += n; 5201 col += n; 5202 } 5203 else 5204 { 5205 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5206 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5208 if (enc_utf8) 5209 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5210 #endif 5211 } 5212 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5213 if (area_attr == 0) 5214 { 5215 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5216 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5217 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5218 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5219 shl_flag = FALSE; 5220 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5221 { 5222 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5223 && ((cur != NULL 5224 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5225 || cur == NULL)) 5226 { 5227 shl = &search_hl; 5228 shl_flag = TRUE; 5229 } 5230 else 5231 shl = &cur->hl; 5232 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5233 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5234 char_attr = shl->attr; 5235 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5236 cur = cur->next; 5237 } 5238 } 5239 #endif 5240 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5241 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5242 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5243 { 5244 --col; 5245 --off; 5246 } 5247 else 5248 #endif 5249 { 5250 ++col; 5251 ++off; 5252 } 5253 ++vcol; 5254 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5255 eol_hl_off = 1; 5256 #endif 5257 } 5258 } 5259 5260 /* 5261 * At end of the text line. 5262 */ 5263 if (c == NUL) 5264 { 5265 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5266 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5267 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5268 { 5269 /* highlight last char after line */ 5270 --col; 5271 --off; 5272 --vcol; 5273 } 5274 5275 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5276 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5277 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5278 else 5279 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5280 5281 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5282 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5283 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5284 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5285 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5286 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5287 col -= boguscols; 5288 boguscols = 0; 5289 #endif 5290 5291 if (draw_color_col) 5292 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5293 5294 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5295 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5296 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5297 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5298 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5299 || draw_color_col) 5300 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5301 && !wp->w_p_rl 5302 # endif 5303 ) 5304 { 5305 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5306 int i; 5307 5308 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5309 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5310 if (draw_color_col) 5311 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5312 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5313 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5314 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5315 5316 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5317 { 5318 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5320 if (enc_utf8) 5321 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5322 #endif 5323 ++col; 5324 if (draw_color_col) 5325 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5326 &color_cols); 5327 5328 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5329 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC); 5330 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5331 ScreenAttrs[off++] = HL_ATTR(HLF_MC); 5332 else 5333 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5334 5335 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5336 break; 5337 5338 ++vcol; 5339 } 5340 } 5341 #endif 5342 5343 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5344 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5345 row++; 5346 5347 /* 5348 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5349 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5350 */ 5351 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5352 { 5353 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5354 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5355 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5356 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5357 #endif 5358 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5359 } 5360 5361 break; 5362 } 5363 5364 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5365 if (lcs_ext 5366 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5367 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5368 && filler_todo <= 0 5369 #endif 5370 && ( 5371 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5372 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5373 #endif 5374 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5375 && (*ptr != NUL 5376 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5377 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5378 { 5379 c = lcs_ext; 5380 char_attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_AT); 5381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5382 mb_c = c; 5383 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5384 { 5385 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5386 u8cc[0] = 0; 5387 c = 0xc0; 5388 } 5389 else 5390 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5391 #endif 5392 } 5393 5394 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5395 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5396 if (draw_color_col) 5397 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5398 5399 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5400 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5401 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5402 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5403 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5404 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) 5405 { 5406 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5407 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5408 { 5409 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5410 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_CUC)); 5411 } 5412 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5413 { 5414 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5415 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_MC)); 5416 } 5417 } 5418 #endif 5419 5420 /* 5421 * Store character to be displayed. 5422 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5423 */ 5424 vcol_prev = vcol; 5425 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5426 { 5427 /* 5428 * Store the character. 5429 */ 5430 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5431 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5432 { 5433 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5434 --off; 5435 --col; 5436 } 5437 #endif 5438 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5440 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5441 { 5442 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5443 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5444 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5445 } 5446 else if (enc_utf8) 5447 { 5448 if (mb_utf8) 5449 { 5450 int i; 5451 5452 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5453 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5454 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5455 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5456 { 5457 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5458 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5459 break; 5460 } 5461 } 5462 else 5463 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5464 } 5465 if (multi_attr) 5466 { 5467 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5468 multi_attr = 0; 5469 } 5470 else 5471 #endif 5472 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5473 5474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5475 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5476 { 5477 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5478 ++off; 5479 ++col; 5480 if (enc_utf8) 5481 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5482 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5483 else 5484 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5485 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5486 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5487 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5488 && filler_todo <= 0 5489 #endif 5490 ) 5491 ++vcol; 5492 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5493 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5494 if (tocol == vcol) 5495 ++tocol; 5496 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5497 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5498 { 5499 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5500 --off; 5501 --col; 5502 } 5503 #endif 5504 } 5505 #endif 5506 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5507 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5508 { 5509 --off; 5510 --col; 5511 } 5512 else 5513 #endif 5514 { 5515 ++off; 5516 ++col; 5517 } 5518 } 5519 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5520 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5521 { 5522 --n_skip; 5523 ++vcol_off; 5524 if (n_extra > 0) 5525 vcol_off += n_extra; 5526 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5527 { 5528 /* 5529 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5530 * 5531 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5532 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5533 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5534 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5535 * 5536 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5537 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5538 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5539 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5540 */ 5541 if (n_extra > 0) 5542 { 5543 vcol += n_extra; 5544 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5545 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5546 { 5547 col -= n_extra; 5548 boguscols -= n_extra; 5549 } 5550 else 5551 # endif 5552 { 5553 col += n_extra; 5554 boguscols += n_extra; 5555 } 5556 n_extra = 0; 5557 n_attr = 0; 5558 } 5559 5560 5561 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5562 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5563 { 5564 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5565 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5566 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5567 { 5568 --boguscols; 5569 --col; 5570 } 5571 else 5572 # endif 5573 { 5574 ++boguscols; 5575 ++col; 5576 } 5577 } 5578 # endif 5579 5580 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5581 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5582 { 5583 --boguscols; 5584 --col; 5585 } 5586 else 5587 # endif 5588 { 5589 ++boguscols; 5590 ++col; 5591 } 5592 } 5593 else 5594 { 5595 if (n_extra > 0) 5596 { 5597 vcol += n_extra; 5598 n_extra = 0; 5599 n_attr = 0; 5600 } 5601 } 5602 5603 } 5604 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5605 else 5606 --n_skip; 5607 5608 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5609 * column. */ 5610 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5611 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5612 && filler_todo <= 0 5613 #endif 5614 ) 5615 ++vcol; 5616 5617 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5618 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5619 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5620 #endif 5621 5622 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5623 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5624 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5625 5626 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5627 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5628 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5629 5630 /* 5631 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5632 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5633 */ 5634 if (( 5635 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5636 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5637 #endif 5638 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5639 && (*ptr != NUL 5640 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5641 || filler_todo > 0 5642 #endif 5643 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5644 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5645 ) 5646 { 5647 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5648 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5649 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5650 boguscols = 0; 5651 #else 5652 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5653 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5654 #endif 5655 ++row; 5656 ++screen_row; 5657 5658 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5659 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5660 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5661 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5662 && filler_todo <= 0 5663 #endif 5664 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5665 break; 5666 5667 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5668 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5670 && filler_todo <= 0 5671 #endif 5672 ) 5673 { 5674 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5675 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5676 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5677 #endif 5678 row = endrow; 5679 } 5680 5681 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5682 if (row == endrow) 5683 { 5684 ++row; 5685 break; 5686 } 5687 5688 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5689 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5690 && filler_todo <= 0 5691 #endif 5692 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5693 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns 5694 #endif 5695 ) 5696 { 5697 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5698 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5699 5700 /* 5701 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5702 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5703 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5704 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5705 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5706 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5707 * (something has been written in it). 5708 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5709 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5710 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5711 */ 5712 if (p_tf 5713 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5714 && !gui.in_use 5715 #endif 5716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5717 && !(has_mbyte 5718 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5719 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5720 == 2 5721 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5722 + (int)Columns - 2, 5723 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5724 == 2)) 5725 #endif 5726 ) 5727 { 5728 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5729 * then output the same character again to let the 5730 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5731 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5732 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5733 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5734 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5735 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5736 5737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5738 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5739 * space to keep it simple. */ 5740 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5741 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5742 out_char(' '); 5743 else 5744 #endif 5745 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5746 + (Columns - 1)]); 5747 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5748 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5749 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5750 } 5751 } 5752 5753 col = 0; 5754 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5755 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5756 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5757 { 5758 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5759 off += col; 5760 } 5761 #endif 5762 5763 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5764 draw_state = WL_START; 5765 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5766 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5767 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5768 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5769 n_extra = 0; 5770 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5771 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5772 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5773 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5774 # endif 5775 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5776 #endif 5777 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5778 --filler_todo; 5779 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5780 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5781 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5782 break; 5783 #endif 5784 } 5785 5786 } /* for every character in the line */ 5787 5788 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5789 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5790 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5791 { 5792 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5793 cap_col = 0; 5794 } 5795 #endif 5796 5797 vim_free(p_extra_free); 5798 return row; 5799 } 5800 5801 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5802 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5803 5804 /* 5805 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5806 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5807 */ 5808 static int 5809 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5810 { 5811 int i; 5812 5813 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5814 { 5815 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5816 return TRUE; 5817 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5818 break; 5819 } 5820 return FALSE; 5821 } 5822 #endif 5823 5824 /* 5825 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5826 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5827 * - the attributes are different 5828 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5829 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5830 */ 5831 static int 5832 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5833 { 5834 if (cols > 0 5835 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5836 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5837 5838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5839 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5840 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5841 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5842 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5843 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5844 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5845 || (enc_utf8 5846 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5847 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5848 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5849 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5850 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5851 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5852 #endif 5853 )) 5854 return TRUE; 5855 return FALSE; 5856 } 5857 5858 /* 5859 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 5860 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 5861 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 5862 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 5863 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 5864 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 5865 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 5866 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 5867 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 5868 */ 5869 static void 5870 screen_line( 5871 int row, 5872 int coloff, 5873 int endcol, 5874 int clear_width 5875 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5876 , int rlflag 5877 #endif 5878 ) 5879 { 5880 unsigned off_from; 5881 unsigned off_to; 5882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5883 unsigned max_off_from; 5884 unsigned max_off_to; 5885 #endif 5886 int col = 0; 5887 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 5888 int hl; 5889 #endif 5890 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 5891 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 5892 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5893 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 5894 #endif 5895 ; 5896 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 5897 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5898 int clear_next = FALSE; 5899 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 5900 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 5901 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 5902 #else 5903 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 5904 #endif 5905 5906 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 5907 if (row >= Rows) 5908 row = Rows - 1; 5909 if (endcol > Columns) 5910 endcol = Columns; 5911 5912 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 5913 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 5914 # endif 5915 5916 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5917 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 5918 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5919 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 5920 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5921 #endif 5922 5923 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5924 if (rlflag) 5925 { 5926 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 5927 if (clear_width > 0) 5928 { 5929 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5930 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5931 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5932 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5933 # endif 5934 ) 5935 { 5936 ++off_to; 5937 ++col; 5938 } 5939 if (col <= endcol) 5940 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 5941 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 5942 } 5943 col = endcol + 1; 5944 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 5945 off_from += col; 5946 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 5947 } 5948 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 5949 5950 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 5951 5952 while (col < endcol) 5953 { 5954 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5955 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 5956 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 5957 else 5958 char_cells = 1; 5959 #endif 5960 5961 redraw_this = redraw_next; 5962 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 5963 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 5964 5965 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5966 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 5967 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 5968 * happens in the GUI. 5969 */ 5970 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 5971 { 5972 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 5973 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5974 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5975 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5976 redraw_this = TRUE; 5977 } 5978 #endif 5979 5980 if (redraw_this) 5981 { 5982 /* 5983 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 5984 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 5985 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 5986 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 5987 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 5988 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 5989 * character. 5990 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 5991 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 5992 * completely. 5993 */ 5994 if ( p_wiv 5995 && !force 5996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5997 && !gui.in_use 5998 #endif 5999 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 6000 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 6001 { 6002 /* 6003 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 6004 */ 6005 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6006 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 6007 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 6008 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 6009 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 6010 6011 /* 6012 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 6013 * highlighting at this character. 6014 */ 6015 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 6016 { 6017 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 6018 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 6019 screen_stop_highlight(); 6020 } 6021 else 6022 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6023 } 6024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6025 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6026 { 6027 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6028 * the other way around requires another character to be 6029 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6030 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6031 if (char_cells == 1 6032 && col + 1 < endcol 6033 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6034 { 6035 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6036 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6037 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6038 redraw_next = TRUE; 6039 } 6040 else if (char_cells == 2 6041 && col + 2 < endcol 6042 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6043 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6044 { 6045 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6046 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6047 * cell. */ 6048 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6049 redraw_next = TRUE; 6050 } 6051 6052 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6053 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6054 } 6055 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6056 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6057 * the right halve of the old character. 6058 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6059 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6060 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6061 && ((char_cells == 1 6062 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6063 || (char_cells == 2 6064 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6065 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6066 clear_next = TRUE; 6067 #endif 6068 6069 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6070 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6071 if (enc_utf8) 6072 { 6073 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6074 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6075 { 6076 int i; 6077 6078 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6079 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6080 } 6081 } 6082 if (char_cells == 2) 6083 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6084 #endif 6085 6086 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6087 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6088 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6089 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6090 * and for some xterms. */ 6091 if ( 6092 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6093 gui.in_use 6094 # endif 6095 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6096 || 6097 # endif 6098 # ifdef UNIX 6099 term_is_xterm 6100 # endif 6101 ) 6102 { 6103 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6104 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6105 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6106 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6107 redraw_next = TRUE; 6108 } 6109 #endif 6110 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6111 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6112 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6113 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6114 if (char_cells == 2) 6115 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6116 6117 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6118 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6119 else 6120 #endif 6121 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6122 } 6123 else if ( p_wiv 6124 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6125 && !gui.in_use 6126 #endif 6127 && col + coloff > 0) 6128 { 6129 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6130 { 6131 /* 6132 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6133 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6134 */ 6135 screen_attr = 0; 6136 } 6137 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6138 screen_stop_highlight(); 6139 } 6140 6141 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6142 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6143 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6144 } 6145 6146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6147 if (clear_next) 6148 { 6149 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6150 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6151 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6152 if (enc_utf8) 6153 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6154 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6155 } 6156 #endif 6157 6158 if (clear_width > 0 6159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6160 && !rlflag 6161 #endif 6162 ) 6163 { 6164 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6165 int startCol = col; 6166 #endif 6167 6168 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6169 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6170 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6172 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6173 #endif 6174 ) 6175 { 6176 ++off_to; 6177 ++col; 6178 } 6179 if (col < clear_width) 6180 { 6181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6182 /* 6183 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6184 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6185 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6186 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6187 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6188 */ 6189 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6190 { 6191 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6192 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6193 { 6194 int prev_cells = 1; 6195 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6196 if (enc_utf8) 6197 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6198 * that its width is 2. */ 6199 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6200 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6201 { 6202 /* find previous character by counting from first 6203 * column and get its width. */ 6204 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6205 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6206 6207 while (off < off_to) 6208 { 6209 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6210 off += prev_cells; 6211 } 6212 } 6213 6214 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6215 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6216 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6217 else 6218 # endif 6219 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6220 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6221 } 6222 } 6223 #endif 6224 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6225 ' ', ' ', 0); 6226 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6227 off_to += clear_width - col; 6228 col = clear_width; 6229 #endif 6230 } 6231 } 6232 6233 if (clear_width > 0) 6234 { 6235 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6236 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6237 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6238 { 6239 int c; 6240 6241 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6242 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6243 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6244 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6245 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6246 # endif 6247 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6248 { 6249 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6250 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6251 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6252 if (enc_utf8) 6253 { 6254 if (c >= 0x80) 6255 { 6256 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6257 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6258 } 6259 else 6260 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6261 } 6262 # endif 6263 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6264 } 6265 } 6266 else 6267 #endif 6268 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6269 } 6270 } 6271 6272 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6273 /* 6274 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6275 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6276 */ 6277 void 6278 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6279 { 6280 char_u *p1, *p2; 6281 int t; 6282 6283 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6284 { 6285 t = *p1; 6286 *p1 = *p2; 6287 *p2 = t; 6288 } 6289 } 6290 #endif 6291 6292 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6293 /* 6294 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6295 */ 6296 void 6297 status_redraw_all(void) 6298 { 6299 win_T *wp; 6300 6301 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6302 if (wp->w_status_height) 6303 { 6304 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6305 redraw_later(VALID); 6306 } 6307 } 6308 6309 /* 6310 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6311 */ 6312 void 6313 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6314 { 6315 win_T *wp; 6316 6317 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6318 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6319 { 6320 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6321 redraw_later(VALID); 6322 } 6323 } 6324 6325 /* 6326 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6327 */ 6328 void 6329 redraw_statuslines(void) 6330 { 6331 win_T *wp; 6332 6333 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6334 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6335 win_redr_status(wp); 6336 if (redraw_tabline) 6337 draw_tabline(); 6338 } 6339 #endif 6340 6341 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) || defined(PROTO) 6342 /* 6343 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6344 */ 6345 void 6346 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6347 { 6348 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6349 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6350 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6351 { 6352 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6353 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6354 } 6355 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6356 { 6357 frp = frp->fr_child; 6358 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6359 frp = frp->fr_next; 6360 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6361 } 6362 } 6363 #endif 6364 6365 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6366 /* 6367 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6368 */ 6369 static void 6370 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6371 { 6372 int hl; 6373 int c; 6374 6375 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6376 { 6377 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6378 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6379 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6380 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6381 c, ' ', hl); 6382 } 6383 } 6384 #endif 6385 6386 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6387 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6388 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6389 6390 /* 6391 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6392 */ 6393 static int 6394 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6395 { 6396 int len = 0; 6397 6398 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6399 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6400 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6401 6402 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6403 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6404 return 1; 6405 #endif 6406 6407 while (*s != NUL) 6408 { 6409 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6410 len += ptr2cells(s); 6411 MB_PTR_ADV(s); 6412 } 6413 6414 return len; 6415 } 6416 6417 /* 6418 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6419 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6420 */ 6421 static int 6422 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6423 { 6424 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6425 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6426 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6427 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6428 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6429 #endif 6430 ) 6431 { 6432 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6433 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6434 return 2; 6435 #endif 6436 return 1; 6437 } 6438 return 0; 6439 } 6440 6441 /* 6442 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6443 * Show at least the "match" item. 6444 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6445 * 6446 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6447 */ 6448 void 6449 win_redr_status_matches( 6450 expand_T *xp, 6451 int num_matches, 6452 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6453 int match, 6454 int showtail) 6455 { 6456 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6457 int row; 6458 char_u *buf; 6459 int len; 6460 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6461 int fillchar; 6462 int attr; 6463 int i; 6464 int highlight = TRUE; 6465 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6466 int selstart_col = 0; 6467 char_u *selend = NULL; 6468 static int first_match = 0; 6469 int add_left = FALSE; 6470 char_u *s; 6471 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6472 int emenu; 6473 #endif 6474 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6475 int l; 6476 #endif 6477 6478 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6479 return; 6480 6481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6482 if (has_mbyte) 6483 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6484 else 6485 #endif 6486 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6487 if (buf == NULL) 6488 return; 6489 6490 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6491 { 6492 match = 0; 6493 highlight = FALSE; 6494 } 6495 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6496 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6497 if (match == 0) 6498 first_match = 0; 6499 else if (match < first_match) 6500 { 6501 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6502 first_match = match; 6503 add_left = TRUE; 6504 } 6505 else 6506 { 6507 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6508 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6509 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6510 if (first_match > 0) 6511 clen += 2; 6512 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6513 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6514 { 6515 first_match = match; 6516 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6517 clen = 2; 6518 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6519 { 6520 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6521 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6522 break; 6523 } 6524 if (i == num_matches) 6525 add_left = TRUE; 6526 } 6527 } 6528 if (add_left) 6529 while (first_match > 0) 6530 { 6531 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6532 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6533 break; 6534 --first_match; 6535 } 6536 6537 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 6538 6539 if (first_match == 0) 6540 { 6541 *buf = NUL; 6542 len = 0; 6543 } 6544 else 6545 { 6546 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6547 len = 2; 6548 } 6549 clen = len; 6550 6551 i = first_match; 6552 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6553 { 6554 if (i == match) 6555 { 6556 selstart = buf + len; 6557 selstart_col = clen; 6558 } 6559 6560 s = L_MATCH(i); 6561 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6562 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6563 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6564 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6565 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6566 { 6567 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6568 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6569 len += l; 6570 clen += l; 6571 } 6572 else 6573 #endif 6574 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6575 { 6576 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6577 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6579 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6580 { 6581 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6582 s += l - 1; 6583 len += l; 6584 } 6585 else 6586 #endif 6587 { 6588 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6589 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6590 } 6591 } 6592 if (i == match) 6593 selend = buf + len; 6594 6595 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6596 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6597 clen += 2; 6598 if (++i == num_matches) 6599 break; 6600 } 6601 6602 if (i != num_matches) 6603 { 6604 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6605 ++clen; 6606 } 6607 6608 buf[len] = NUL; 6609 6610 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6611 if (row >= 0) 6612 { 6613 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6614 { 6615 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6616 { 6617 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6618 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6619 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6620 { 6621 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6622 ++msg_scrolled; 6623 } 6624 else 6625 { 6626 ++cmdline_row; 6627 ++row; 6628 } 6629 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6630 } 6631 else 6632 { 6633 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6634 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6635 * resized. */ 6636 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6637 { 6638 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6639 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6640 p_ls = 2; 6641 p_wmh = 0; 6642 last_status(FALSE); 6643 } 6644 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6645 } 6646 } 6647 6648 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6649 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6650 { 6651 *selend = NUL; 6652 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, HL_ATTR(HLF_WM)); 6653 } 6654 6655 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6656 } 6657 6658 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6659 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6660 #else 6661 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6662 #endif 6663 vim_free(buf); 6664 } 6665 #endif 6666 6667 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6668 /* 6669 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6670 * 6671 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6672 */ 6673 void 6674 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6675 { 6676 int row; 6677 char_u *p; 6678 int len; 6679 int fillchar; 6680 int attr; 6681 int this_ru_col; 6682 static int busy = FALSE; 6683 6684 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6685 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6686 if (busy) 6687 return; 6688 busy = TRUE; 6689 6690 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6691 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6692 { 6693 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6694 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6695 } 6696 else if (!redrawing() 6697 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6698 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6699 * drawn over it */ 6700 || pum_visible() 6701 #endif 6702 ) 6703 { 6704 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6705 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6706 } 6707 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6708 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6709 { 6710 /* redraw custom status line */ 6711 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6712 } 6713 #endif 6714 else 6715 { 6716 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6717 6718 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6719 p = NameBuff; 6720 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6721 6722 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 6723 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6724 || wp->w_p_pvw 6725 #endif 6726 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6727 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6728 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6729 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 6730 { 6731 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6732 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6733 } 6734 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6735 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6736 { 6737 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6738 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6739 } 6740 #endif 6741 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 6742 { 6743 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6744 len += 3; 6745 } 6746 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6747 { 6748 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6749 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6750 } 6751 6752 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6753 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6754 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6755 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6756 { 6757 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6758 len = 1; 6759 } 6760 else 6761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6762 if (has_mbyte) 6763 { 6764 int clen = 0, i; 6765 6766 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6767 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6768 6769 /* Find first character that will fit. 6770 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6771 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6772 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6773 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6774 len = clen; 6775 if (i > 0) 6776 { 6777 p = p + i - 1; 6778 *p = '<'; 6779 ++len; 6780 } 6781 6782 } 6783 else 6784 #endif 6785 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6786 { 6787 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6788 *p = '<'; 6789 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6790 } 6791 6792 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6793 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6794 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6795 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6796 6797 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6798 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6799 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6800 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6801 6802 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6803 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6804 #endif 6805 } 6806 6807 /* 6808 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6809 */ 6810 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6811 { 6812 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6813 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6814 else 6815 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6816 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6817 attr); 6818 } 6819 busy = FALSE; 6820 } 6821 6822 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6823 /* 6824 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6825 * errors encountered. 6826 */ 6827 static void 6828 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6829 { 6830 static int entered = FALSE; 6831 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 6832 6833 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6834 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6835 if (entered) 6836 return; 6837 entered = TRUE; 6838 6839 did_emsg = FALSE; 6840 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6841 if (did_emsg) 6842 { 6843 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 6844 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 6845 * again and again. */ 6846 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 6847 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 6848 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 6849 } 6850 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 6851 entered = FALSE; 6852 } 6853 #endif 6854 6855 /* 6856 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 6857 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 6858 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 6859 */ 6860 int 6861 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 6862 { 6863 frame_T *fr; 6864 6865 fr = wp->w_frame; 6866 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 6867 { 6868 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 6869 { 6870 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6871 break; 6872 } 6873 else 6874 { 6875 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6876 return TRUE; 6877 } 6878 fr = fr->fr_parent; 6879 } 6880 return FALSE; 6881 } 6882 6883 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 6884 6885 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6886 /* 6887 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 6888 */ 6889 int 6890 get_keymap_str( 6891 win_T *wp, 6892 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 6893 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 6894 int len) /* length of buffer */ 6895 { 6896 char_u *p; 6897 6898 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 6899 return FALSE; 6900 6901 { 6902 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6903 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 6904 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 6905 char_u *s; 6906 6907 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 6908 curwin = wp; 6909 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 6910 ++emsg_skip; 6911 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 6912 --emsg_skip; 6913 curbuf = old_curbuf; 6914 curwin = old_curwin; 6915 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 6916 #endif 6917 { 6918 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 6919 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 6920 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 6921 else 6922 #endif 6923 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 6924 } 6925 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 6926 buf[0] = NUL; 6927 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6928 vim_free(s); 6929 #endif 6930 } 6931 return buf[0] != NUL; 6932 } 6933 #endif 6934 6935 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6936 /* 6937 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 6938 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 6939 */ 6940 static void 6941 win_redr_custom( 6942 win_T *wp, 6943 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 6944 { 6945 static int entered = FALSE; 6946 int attr; 6947 int curattr; 6948 int row; 6949 int col = 0; 6950 int maxwidth; 6951 int width; 6952 int n; 6953 int len; 6954 int fillchar; 6955 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 6956 char_u *stl; 6957 char_u *p; 6958 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6959 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6960 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 6961 win_T *ewp; 6962 int p_crb_save; 6963 6964 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 6965 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 6966 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 6967 if (entered) 6968 return; 6969 entered = TRUE; 6970 6971 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 6972 if (wp == NULL) 6973 { 6974 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 6975 stl = p_tal; 6976 row = 0; 6977 fillchar = ' '; 6978 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 6979 maxwidth = Columns; 6980 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6981 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 6982 # endif 6983 } 6984 else 6985 { 6986 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6987 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6988 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 6989 6990 if (draw_ruler) 6991 { 6992 stl = p_ruf; 6993 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 6994 if (*stl == '%') 6995 { 6996 if (*++stl == '-') 6997 stl++; 6998 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 6999 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 7000 stl++; 7001 if (*stl++ != '(') 7002 stl = p_ruf; 7003 } 7004 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7005 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 7006 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 7007 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 7008 #else 7009 col = ru_col; 7010 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 7011 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 7012 #endif 7013 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 7014 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7015 if (!wp->w_status_height) 7016 #endif 7017 { 7018 row = Rows - 1; 7019 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 7020 fillchar = ' '; 7021 attr = 0; 7022 } 7023 7024 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7025 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7026 # endif 7027 } 7028 else 7029 { 7030 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7031 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7032 else 7033 stl = p_stl; 7034 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7035 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7036 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7037 # endif 7038 } 7039 7040 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7041 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 7042 #endif 7043 } 7044 7045 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7046 goto theend; 7047 7048 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7049 * the cursor away and back. */ 7050 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7051 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7052 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7053 7054 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7055 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7056 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7057 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7058 stl, use_sandbox, 7059 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7060 vim_free(stl); 7061 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7062 7063 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7064 p = transstr(buf); 7065 if (p != NULL) 7066 { 7067 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7068 vim_free(p); 7069 } 7070 7071 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7072 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7073 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7074 { 7075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7076 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7077 #else 7078 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7079 #endif 7080 ++width; 7081 } 7082 buf[len] = NUL; 7083 7084 /* 7085 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7086 */ 7087 curattr = attr; 7088 p = buf; 7089 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7090 { 7091 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7092 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7093 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7094 p = hltab[n].start; 7095 7096 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7097 curattr = attr; 7098 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7099 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7100 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7101 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7102 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7103 #endif 7104 else 7105 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7106 } 7107 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7108 7109 if (wp == NULL) 7110 { 7111 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7112 col = 0; 7113 len = 0; 7114 p = buf; 7115 fillchar = 0; 7116 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7117 { 7118 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7119 while (col < len) 7120 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7121 p = tabtab[n].start; 7122 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7123 } 7124 while (col < Columns) 7125 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7126 } 7127 7128 theend: 7129 entered = FALSE; 7130 } 7131 7132 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7133 7134 /* 7135 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7136 */ 7137 void 7138 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7139 { 7140 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7141 7142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7143 if (has_mbyte) 7144 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7145 else 7146 #endif 7147 { 7148 buf[0] = c; 7149 buf[1] = NUL; 7150 } 7151 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7152 } 7153 7154 /* 7155 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7156 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7157 */ 7158 void 7159 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7160 { 7161 unsigned off; 7162 7163 /* safety check */ 7164 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7165 { 7166 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7167 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7168 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7169 bytes[1] = NUL; 7170 7171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7172 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7173 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7174 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7175 { 7176 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7177 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7178 bytes[2] = NUL; 7179 } 7180 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7181 { 7182 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7183 bytes[2] = NUL; 7184 } 7185 #endif 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7190 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7191 7192 /* 7193 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7194 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7195 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7196 */ 7197 static int 7198 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7199 { 7200 int i; 7201 7202 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7203 { 7204 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7205 return TRUE; 7206 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7207 break; 7208 } 7209 return FALSE; 7210 } 7211 #endif 7212 7213 /* 7214 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7215 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7216 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7217 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7218 */ 7219 void 7220 screen_puts( 7221 char_u *text, 7222 int row, 7223 int col, 7224 int attr) 7225 { 7226 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7227 } 7228 7229 /* 7230 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7231 * a NUL. 7232 */ 7233 void 7234 screen_puts_len( 7235 char_u *text, 7236 int textlen, 7237 int row, 7238 int col, 7239 int attr) 7240 { 7241 unsigned off; 7242 char_u *ptr = text; 7243 int len = textlen; 7244 int c; 7245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7246 unsigned max_off; 7247 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7248 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7249 int u8c = 0; 7250 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7251 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7252 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7253 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7254 int pc, nc, nc1; 7255 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7256 # endif 7257 #endif 7258 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7259 int force_redraw_this; 7260 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7261 #endif 7262 int need_redraw; 7263 7264 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7265 return; 7266 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7267 7268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7269 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7270 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7271 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7272 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7273 && !gui.in_use 7274 # endif 7275 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7276 { 7277 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7278 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7279 if (enc_utf8) 7280 { 7281 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7282 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7283 } 7284 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7285 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7286 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7287 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7288 } 7289 #endif 7290 7291 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7292 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7293 #endif 7294 while (col < screen_Columns 7295 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7296 && *ptr != NUL) 7297 { 7298 c = *ptr; 7299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7300 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7301 if (has_mbyte) 7302 { 7303 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7304 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7305 else 7306 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7307 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7308 mbyte_cells = 1; 7309 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7310 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7311 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7312 { 7313 if (len >= 0) 7314 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7315 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7316 else 7317 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7318 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7319 # ifdef UNICODE16 7320 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7321 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7322 { 7323 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7324 if (attr == 0) 7325 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8); 7326 } 7327 # endif 7328 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7329 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7330 { 7331 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7332 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7333 { 7334 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7335 nc = NUL; 7336 nc1 = NUL; 7337 } 7338 else 7339 { 7340 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7341 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7342 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7343 } 7344 pc = prev_c; 7345 prev_c = u8c; 7346 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7347 } 7348 else 7349 prev_c = u8c; 7350 # endif 7351 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7352 { 7353 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7354 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7355 c = '>'; 7356 mbyte_cells = 1; 7357 } 7358 } 7359 } 7360 #endif 7361 7362 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7363 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7364 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7365 #endif 7366 7367 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7369 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7370 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7371 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7372 && c == 0x8e 7373 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7374 || (enc_utf8 7375 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7376 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7377 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7378 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7379 #endif 7380 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7381 || exmode_active; 7382 7383 if (need_redraw 7384 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7385 || force_redraw_this 7386 #endif 7387 ) 7388 { 7389 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7390 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7391 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7392 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7393 * and for some xterms. */ 7394 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7395 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7396 gui.in_use 7397 # endif 7398 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7399 || 7400 # endif 7401 # ifdef UNIX 7402 term_is_xterm 7403 # endif 7404 )) 7405 { 7406 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7407 7408 if (n > HL_ALL) 7409 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7410 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7411 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7412 } 7413 #endif 7414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7415 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7416 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7417 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7418 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7419 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7420 if (clear_next_cell) 7421 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7422 else if (has_mbyte 7423 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7424 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7425 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7426 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7427 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7428 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7429 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7430 7431 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7432 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7433 if (enc_dbcs 7434 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7435 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7436 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7437 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7438 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7439 #endif 7440 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7441 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7443 if (enc_utf8) 7444 { 7445 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7446 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7447 else 7448 { 7449 int i; 7450 7451 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7452 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7453 { 7454 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7455 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7456 break; 7457 } 7458 } 7459 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7460 { 7461 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7462 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7463 } 7464 screen_char(off, row, col); 7465 } 7466 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7467 { 7468 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7469 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7470 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7471 } 7472 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7473 { 7474 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7475 screen_char(off, row, col); 7476 } 7477 else 7478 #endif 7479 screen_char(off, row, col); 7480 } 7481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7482 if (has_mbyte) 7483 { 7484 off += mbyte_cells; 7485 col += mbyte_cells; 7486 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7487 if (clear_next_cell) 7488 { 7489 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7490 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7491 len = -1; 7492 } 7493 } 7494 else 7495 #endif 7496 { 7497 ++off; 7498 ++col; 7499 ++ptr; 7500 } 7501 } 7502 7503 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7504 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7505 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7506 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7507 { 7508 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7509 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7510 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7511 else 7512 # endif 7513 screen_char(off, row, col); 7514 } 7515 #endif 7516 } 7517 7518 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7519 /* 7520 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7521 */ 7522 static void 7523 start_search_hl(void) 7524 { 7525 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7526 { 7527 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7528 search_hl.attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_L); 7529 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7530 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7531 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7532 # endif 7533 } 7534 } 7535 7536 /* 7537 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7538 */ 7539 static void 7540 end_search_hl(void) 7541 { 7542 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7543 { 7544 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7545 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 /* 7550 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7551 */ 7552 static void 7553 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7554 { 7555 matchitem_T *cur; 7556 7557 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7558 * match */ 7559 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7560 while (cur != NULL) 7561 { 7562 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7563 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7564 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7565 else 7566 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7567 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7568 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7569 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7570 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7571 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7572 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7573 # endif 7574 cur = cur->next; 7575 } 7576 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7577 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7578 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7579 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7580 } 7581 7582 /* 7583 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7584 */ 7585 static void 7586 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7587 { 7588 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7589 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7590 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7591 has been processed or not */ 7592 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7593 in progress */ 7594 int n; 7595 7596 /* 7597 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7598 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7599 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7600 */ 7601 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7602 shl_flag = FALSE; 7603 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7604 { 7605 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7606 { 7607 shl = &search_hl; 7608 shl_flag = TRUE; 7609 } 7610 else 7611 shl = &cur->hl; 7612 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7613 && shl->lnum == 0 7614 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7615 { 7616 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7617 { 7618 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7619 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7620 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7621 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7622 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7623 break; 7624 # else 7625 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7626 # endif 7627 } 7628 if (cur != NULL) 7629 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7630 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7631 n = 0; 7632 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7633 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7634 { 7635 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7636 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7637 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7638 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7639 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7640 { 7641 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7642 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7643 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7644 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7645 } 7646 else 7647 { 7648 ++shl->first_lnum; 7649 n = 0; 7650 } 7651 } 7652 } 7653 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7654 cur = cur->next; 7655 } 7656 } 7657 7658 /* 7659 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7660 * Uses shl->buf. 7661 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7662 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7663 * shl->lnum is zero. 7664 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7665 */ 7666 static void 7667 next_search_hl( 7668 win_T *win, 7669 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7670 linenr_T lnum, 7671 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7672 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7673 { 7674 linenr_T l; 7675 colnr_T matchcol; 7676 long nmatched; 7677 7678 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7679 { 7680 /* Check for three situations: 7681 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7682 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7683 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7684 */ 7685 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7686 if (lnum > l) 7687 shl->lnum = 0; 7688 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7689 return; 7690 } 7691 7692 /* 7693 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7694 * or none is found in this line. 7695 */ 7696 called_emsg = FALSE; 7697 for (;;) 7698 { 7699 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7700 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7701 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7702 { 7703 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7704 break; 7705 } 7706 #endif 7707 /* Three situations: 7708 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7709 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7710 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7711 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7712 */ 7713 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7714 matchcol = 0; 7715 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7716 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7717 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7718 { 7719 char_u *ml; 7720 7721 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7722 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7723 if (*ml == NUL) 7724 { 7725 ++matchcol; 7726 shl->lnum = 0; 7727 break; 7728 } 7729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7730 if (has_mbyte) 7731 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7732 else 7733 #endif 7734 ++matchcol; 7735 } 7736 else 7737 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7738 7739 shl->lnum = lnum; 7740 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7741 { 7742 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7743 * cur->match. */ 7744 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7745 && shl == &cur->hl 7746 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7747 7748 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7749 matchcol, 7750 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7751 &(shl->tm) 7752 #else 7753 NULL 7754 #endif 7755 ); 7756 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7757 if (regprog_is_copy) 7758 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7759 7760 if (called_emsg || got_int) 7761 { 7762 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7763 if (shl == &search_hl) 7764 { 7765 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7766 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7767 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7768 } 7769 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7770 shl->lnum = 0; 7771 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7772 message */ 7773 break; 7774 } 7775 } 7776 else if (cur != NULL) 7777 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7778 else 7779 nmatched = 0; 7780 if (nmatched == 0) 7781 { 7782 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7783 break; 7784 } 7785 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7786 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7787 || nmatched > 1 7788 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7789 { 7790 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7791 break; /* useful match found */ 7792 } 7793 } 7794 } 7795 7796 /* 7797 * If there is a match fill "shl" and return one. 7798 * Return zero otherwise. 7799 */ 7800 static int 7801 next_search_hl_pos( 7802 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7803 linenr_T lnum, 7804 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7805 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7806 { 7807 int i; 7808 int found = -1; 7809 7810 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7811 { 7812 llpos_T *pos = &posmatch->pos[i]; 7813 7814 if (pos->lnum == 0) 7815 break; 7816 if (pos->len == 0 && pos->col < mincol) 7817 continue; 7818 if (pos->lnum == lnum) 7819 { 7820 if (found >= 0) 7821 { 7822 /* if this match comes before the one at "found" then swap 7823 * them */ 7824 if (pos->col < posmatch->pos[found].col) 7825 { 7826 llpos_T tmp = *pos; 7827 7828 *pos = posmatch->pos[found]; 7829 posmatch->pos[found] = tmp; 7830 } 7831 } 7832 else 7833 found = i; 7834 } 7835 } 7836 posmatch->cur = 0; 7837 if (found >= 0) 7838 { 7839 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7840 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[found].col - 1; 7841 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[found].col == 0 7842 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[found].len; 7843 7844 shl->lnum = lnum; 7845 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7846 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7847 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 7848 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 7849 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 7850 posmatch->cur = found + 1; 7851 return 1; 7852 } 7853 return 0; 7854 } 7855 #endif 7856 7857 static void 7858 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 7859 { 7860 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7861 7862 screen_attr = attr; 7863 if (full_screen 7864 #ifdef WIN3264 7865 && termcap_active 7866 #endif 7867 ) 7868 { 7869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7870 if (gui.in_use) 7871 { 7872 char buf[20]; 7873 7874 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 7875 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 7876 OUT_STR(buf); 7877 } 7878 else 7879 #endif 7880 { 7881 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7882 { 7883 if (IS_CTERM) 7884 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 7885 else 7886 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 7887 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7888 attr = 0; 7889 else 7890 attr = aep->ae_attr; 7891 } 7892 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 7893 out_str(T_MD); 7894 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && 7895 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7896 (p_tgc ? 7897 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 7898 #endif 7899 (t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7900 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7901 ) 7902 #endif 7903 ) 7904 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 7905 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 7906 out_str(T_ME); 7907 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 7908 out_str(T_SO); 7909 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 7910 /* underline or undercurl */ 7911 out_str(T_US); 7912 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 7913 out_str(T_CZH); 7914 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 7915 out_str(T_MR); 7916 7917 /* 7918 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 7919 * bold etc. override the color setting. 7920 */ 7921 if (aep != NULL) 7922 { 7923 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7924 if (p_tgc) 7925 { 7926 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7927 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 7928 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7929 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 7930 } 7931 else 7932 #endif 7933 { 7934 if (t_colors > 1) 7935 { 7936 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7937 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 7938 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7939 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 7940 } 7941 else 7942 { 7943 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7944 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7945 } 7946 } 7947 } 7948 } 7949 } 7950 } 7951 7952 void 7953 screen_stop_highlight(void) 7954 { 7955 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 7956 7957 if (screen_attr != 0 7958 #ifdef WIN3264 7959 && termcap_active 7960 #endif 7961 ) 7962 { 7963 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7964 if (gui.in_use) 7965 { 7966 char buf[20]; 7967 7968 /* use internal GUI code */ 7969 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 7970 OUT_STR(buf); 7971 } 7972 else 7973 #endif 7974 { 7975 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7976 { 7977 attrentry_T *aep; 7978 7979 if (IS_CTERM) 7980 { 7981 /* 7982 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 7983 */ 7984 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7985 if (aep != NULL && 7986 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7987 (p_tgc ? 7988 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 7989 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 7990 #endif 7991 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7992 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7993 ) 7994 #endif 7995 ) 7996 do_ME = TRUE; 7997 } 7998 else 7999 { 8000 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 8001 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 8002 { 8003 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 8004 do_ME = TRUE; 8005 else 8006 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 8007 } 8008 } 8009 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 8010 screen_attr = 0; 8011 else 8012 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 8013 } 8014 8015 /* 8016 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 8017 * same sequence several times. 8018 */ 8019 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 8020 { 8021 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 8022 do_ME = TRUE; 8023 else 8024 out_str(T_SE); 8025 } 8026 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 8027 { 8028 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8029 do_ME = TRUE; 8030 else 8031 out_str(T_UE); 8032 } 8033 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8034 { 8035 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8036 do_ME = TRUE; 8037 else 8038 out_str(T_CZR); 8039 } 8040 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8041 out_str(T_ME); 8042 8043 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8044 if (p_tgc) 8045 { 8046 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8047 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8048 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8049 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8050 } 8051 else 8052 #endif 8053 { 8054 if (t_colors > 1) 8055 { 8056 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8057 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8058 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8059 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8060 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8061 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8062 out_str(T_MD); 8063 } 8064 } 8065 } 8066 } 8067 screen_attr = 0; 8068 } 8069 8070 /* 8071 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8072 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8073 */ 8074 void 8075 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8076 { 8077 if (IS_CTERM) 8078 { 8079 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8080 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8081 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8082 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8083 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8084 #else 8085 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8086 #endif 8087 { 8088 out_str(T_OP); 8089 screen_attr = -1; 8090 } 8091 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8092 { 8093 out_str(T_ME); 8094 screen_attr = -1; 8095 } 8096 } 8097 } 8098 8099 /* 8100 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8101 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8102 */ 8103 static void 8104 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8105 { 8106 int attr; 8107 8108 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8109 * resizing). */ 8110 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8111 return; 8112 8113 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8114 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8115 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8116 if (*T_XN == NUL 8117 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8118 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8119 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8120 && !cmdmsg_rl 8121 #endif 8122 ) 8123 { 8124 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8125 return; 8126 } 8127 8128 /* 8129 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8130 */ 8131 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8132 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8133 attr = screen_char_attr; 8134 else 8135 #endif 8136 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8137 if (screen_attr != attr) 8138 screen_stop_highlight(); 8139 8140 windgoto(row, col); 8141 8142 if (screen_attr != attr) 8143 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8144 8145 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8146 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8147 { 8148 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8149 8150 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8151 8152 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8153 8154 out_str(buf); 8155 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8156 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8157 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8158 ++screen_cur_col; 8159 } 8160 else 8161 #endif 8162 { 8163 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8164 out_flush_check(); 8165 #endif 8166 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8168 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8169 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8170 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8171 #endif 8172 } 8173 8174 screen_cur_col++; 8175 } 8176 8177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8178 8179 /* 8180 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8181 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8182 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8183 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8184 */ 8185 static void 8186 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8187 { 8188 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8189 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8190 return; 8191 8192 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8193 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8194 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8195 { 8196 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8197 return; 8198 } 8199 8200 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8201 * second byte directly. */ 8202 screen_char(off, row, col); 8203 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8204 ++screen_cur_col; 8205 } 8206 #endif 8207 8208 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 8209 /* 8210 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8211 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8212 */ 8213 void 8214 screen_draw_rectangle( 8215 int row, 8216 int col, 8217 int height, 8218 int width, 8219 int invert) 8220 { 8221 int r, c; 8222 int off; 8223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8224 int max_off; 8225 #endif 8226 8227 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8228 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8229 return; 8230 8231 if (invert) 8232 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8233 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8234 { 8235 off = LineOffset[r]; 8236 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8237 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8238 #endif 8239 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8240 { 8241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8242 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8243 { 8244 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8245 ++c; 8246 } 8247 else 8248 #endif 8249 { 8250 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8251 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8252 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8253 ++c; 8254 #endif 8255 } 8256 } 8257 } 8258 screen_char_attr = 0; 8259 } 8260 #endif 8261 8262 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8263 /* 8264 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8265 */ 8266 static void 8267 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8268 { 8269 int col; 8270 int width; 8271 8272 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8273 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8274 # endif 8275 8276 if (wp == NULL) 8277 { 8278 col = 0; 8279 width = Columns; 8280 } 8281 else 8282 { 8283 col = wp->w_wincol; 8284 width = wp->w_width; 8285 } 8286 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8287 } 8288 #endif 8289 8290 /* 8291 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8292 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8293 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8294 */ 8295 void 8296 screen_fill( 8297 int start_row, 8298 int end_row, 8299 int start_col, 8300 int end_col, 8301 int c1, 8302 int c2, 8303 int attr) 8304 { 8305 int row; 8306 int col; 8307 int off; 8308 int end_off; 8309 int did_delete; 8310 int c; 8311 int norm_term; 8312 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8313 int force_next = FALSE; 8314 #endif 8315 8316 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8317 end_row = screen_Rows; 8318 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8319 end_col = screen_Columns; 8320 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8321 || start_row >= end_row 8322 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8323 return; 8324 8325 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8326 norm_term = ( 8327 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8328 !gui.in_use && 8329 #endif 8330 !IS_CTERM); 8331 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8332 { 8333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8334 if (has_mbyte 8335 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8336 && !gui.in_use 8337 # endif 8338 ) 8339 { 8340 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8341 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8342 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8343 * terminal. */ 8344 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8345 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8346 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8347 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8348 } 8349 #endif 8350 /* 8351 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8352 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8353 * space. 8354 */ 8355 did_delete = FALSE; 8356 if (c2 == ' ' 8357 && end_col == Columns 8358 && can_clear(T_CE) 8359 && (attr == 0 8360 || (norm_term 8361 && attr <= HL_ALL 8362 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8363 { 8364 /* 8365 * check if we really need to clear something 8366 */ 8367 col = start_col; 8368 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8369 ++col; 8370 8371 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8372 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8373 8374 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8376 if (enc_utf8) 8377 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8378 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8379 ++off; 8380 else 8381 #endif 8382 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8383 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8384 ++off; 8385 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8386 { 8387 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8388 screen_stop_highlight(); 8389 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8390 out_str(T_CE); 8391 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8392 col = end_col - col; 8393 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8394 { 8395 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8396 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8397 if (enc_utf8) 8398 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8399 #endif 8400 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8401 ++off; 8402 } 8403 } 8404 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8405 } 8406 8407 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8408 c = c1; 8409 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8410 { 8411 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8413 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8414 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8415 #endif 8416 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8417 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8418 || force_next 8419 #endif 8420 ) 8421 { 8422 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8423 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8424 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8425 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8426 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8427 if ( 8428 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8429 gui.in_use 8430 # endif 8431 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8432 || 8433 # endif 8434 # ifdef UNIX 8435 term_is_xterm 8436 # endif 8437 ) 8438 { 8439 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8440 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8441 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8442 force_next = TRUE; 8443 else 8444 force_next = FALSE; 8445 } 8446 #endif 8447 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8449 if (enc_utf8) 8450 { 8451 if (c >= 0x80) 8452 { 8453 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8454 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8455 } 8456 else 8457 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8458 } 8459 #endif 8460 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8461 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8462 screen_char(off, row, col); 8463 } 8464 ++off; 8465 if (col == start_col) 8466 { 8467 if (did_delete) 8468 break; 8469 c = c2; 8470 } 8471 } 8472 if (end_col == Columns) 8473 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8474 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8475 { 8476 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8477 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8478 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8479 if (start_col == 0) 8480 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8481 } 8482 } 8483 } 8484 8485 /* 8486 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8487 * screen or the command line. 8488 */ 8489 void 8490 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8491 { 8492 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8493 && !did_wait_return 8494 && emsg_silent == 0) 8495 { 8496 out_flush(); 8497 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8498 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8499 if (check_msg_scroll) 8500 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8501 } 8502 } 8503 8504 /* 8505 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8506 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8507 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8508 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8509 */ 8510 int 8511 screen_valid(int doclear) 8512 { 8513 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8514 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8515 } 8516 8517 /* 8518 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8519 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8520 * 8521 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8522 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8523 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8524 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8525 * final size of the shell is needed. 8526 */ 8527 void 8528 screenalloc(int doclear) 8529 { 8530 int new_row, old_row; 8531 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8532 int old_Rows; 8533 #endif 8534 win_T *wp; 8535 int outofmem = FALSE; 8536 int len; 8537 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8539 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8540 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8541 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8542 int i; 8543 #endif 8544 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8545 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8546 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8548 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8549 tabpage_T *tp; 8550 #endif 8551 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8552 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8553 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8554 int retry_count = 0; 8555 8556 retry: 8557 #endif 8558 /* 8559 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8560 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8561 * screen stuff. 8562 */ 8563 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8564 && Rows == screen_Rows 8565 && Columns == screen_Columns 8566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8567 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8568 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8569 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8570 #endif 8571 ) 8572 || Rows == 0 8573 || Columns == 0 8574 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8575 return; 8576 8577 /* 8578 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8579 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8580 * return here. 8581 */ 8582 if (entered) 8583 return; 8584 entered = TRUE; 8585 8586 /* 8587 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8588 * thus we must not redraw here! 8589 */ 8590 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8591 8592 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8593 8594 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8595 8596 /* 8597 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8598 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8599 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8600 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8601 * - Free the old arrays. 8602 * 8603 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8604 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8605 * size is wrong. 8606 */ 8607 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8608 win_free_lsize(wp); 8609 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8610 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8611 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8612 #endif 8613 8614 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8615 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8617 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8618 if (enc_utf8) 8619 { 8620 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8621 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8622 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8623 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8624 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8625 } 8626 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8627 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8628 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8629 #endif 8630 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8631 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8632 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8633 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8634 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8635 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8636 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8637 #endif 8638 8639 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8640 { 8641 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8642 { 8643 outofmem = TRUE; 8644 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8645 goto give_up; 8646 #endif 8647 } 8648 } 8649 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8650 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8651 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8652 outofmem = TRUE; 8653 #endif 8654 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8655 give_up: 8656 #endif 8657 8658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8659 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8660 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8661 break; 8662 #endif 8663 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8665 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8666 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8667 #endif 8668 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8669 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8670 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8671 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8672 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8673 #endif 8674 || outofmem) 8675 { 8676 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8677 { 8678 /* guess the size */ 8679 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8680 8681 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8682 * and over again. */ 8683 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8684 } 8685 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8686 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8688 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8689 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8690 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8691 { 8692 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8693 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8694 } 8695 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8696 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8697 #endif 8698 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8699 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8700 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8701 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8702 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8703 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8704 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8705 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8706 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8707 #endif 8708 } 8709 else 8710 { 8711 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8712 8713 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8714 { 8715 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8716 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8717 8718 /* 8719 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8720 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8721 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8722 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8723 */ 8724 if (!doclear) 8725 { 8726 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8727 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8728 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8729 if (enc_utf8) 8730 { 8731 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8732 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8733 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8734 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8735 + new_row * Columns, 8736 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8737 } 8738 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8739 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8740 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8741 #endif 8742 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8743 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8744 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8745 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8746 { 8747 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8748 len = screen_Columns; 8749 else 8750 len = Columns; 8751 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8752 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8753 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8754 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8755 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8756 #endif 8757 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8758 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8759 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8761 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8762 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8763 { 8764 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8765 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8766 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8767 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8768 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8769 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8770 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8771 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8772 } 8773 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8774 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8775 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8776 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8777 #endif 8778 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8779 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8780 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8781 } 8782 } 8783 } 8784 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8785 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8786 } 8787 8788 free_screenlines(); 8789 8790 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8791 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8792 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8793 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8794 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8795 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8796 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8797 #endif 8798 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8799 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8800 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8801 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8802 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8803 #endif 8804 8805 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8806 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8807 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8808 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8809 #endif 8810 screen_Rows = Rows; 8811 screen_Columns = Columns; 8812 8813 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8814 if (doclear) 8815 screenclear2(); 8816 8817 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8818 else if (gui.in_use 8819 && !gui.starting 8820 && ScreenLines != NULL 8821 && old_Rows != Rows) 8822 { 8823 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8824 /* 8825 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8826 * command. 8827 */ 8828 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8829 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8830 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8831 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8832 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8833 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8834 } 8835 #endif 8836 8837 entered = FALSE; 8838 --RedrawingDisabled; 8839 8840 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8841 /* 8842 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8843 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8844 */ 8845 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8846 { 8847 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8848 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8849 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8850 goto retry; 8851 } 8852 #endif 8853 } 8854 8855 void 8856 free_screenlines(void) 8857 { 8858 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8859 int i; 8860 8861 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 8862 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8863 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8864 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 8865 #endif 8866 vim_free(ScreenLines); 8867 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 8868 vim_free(LineOffset); 8869 vim_free(LineWraps); 8870 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8871 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 8872 #endif 8873 } 8874 8875 void 8876 screenclear(void) 8877 { 8878 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8879 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8880 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 8881 } 8882 8883 static void 8884 screenclear2(void) 8885 { 8886 int i; 8887 8888 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 8889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8890 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 8891 #endif 8892 ) 8893 return; 8894 8895 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8896 if (!gui.in_use) 8897 #endif 8898 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 8899 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 8900 8901 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8902 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 8903 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 8904 #endif 8905 8906 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 8907 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8908 { 8909 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8910 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 8911 } 8912 8913 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 8914 { 8915 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 8916 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8917 mode_displayed = FALSE; 8918 } 8919 else 8920 { 8921 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 8922 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8923 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8924 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8925 } 8926 8927 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 8928 8929 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 8930 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8931 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8932 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 8933 #endif 8934 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 8935 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 8936 compute_cmdrow(); 8937 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 8938 msg_col = 0; 8939 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8940 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 8941 msg_didany = FALSE; 8942 msg_didout = FALSE; 8943 } 8944 8945 /* 8946 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 8947 */ 8948 static void 8949 lineclear(unsigned off, int width) 8950 { 8951 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8952 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8953 if (enc_utf8) 8954 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 8955 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8956 #endif 8957 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8958 } 8959 8960 /* 8961 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 8962 * invalid value. 8963 */ 8964 static void 8965 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 8966 { 8967 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8968 } 8969 8970 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8971 /* 8972 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 8973 */ 8974 static void 8975 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 8976 { 8977 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 8978 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 8979 8980 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 8981 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8982 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8983 if (enc_utf8) 8984 { 8985 int i; 8986 8987 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 8988 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8989 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8990 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 8991 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8992 } 8993 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8994 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 8995 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8996 # endif 8997 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 8998 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8999 } 9000 #endif 9001 9002 /* 9003 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 9004 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 9005 */ 9006 int 9007 can_clear(char_u *p) 9008 { 9009 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 9010 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9011 || gui.in_use 9012 #endif 9013 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 9014 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 9015 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 9016 #else 9017 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 9018 #endif 9019 || *T_UT != NUL)); 9020 } 9021 9022 /* 9023 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 9024 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 9025 * code. 9026 */ 9027 void 9028 screen_start(void) 9029 { 9030 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9031 } 9032 9033 /* 9034 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9035 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9036 * characters sent to the terminal. 9037 */ 9038 void 9039 windgoto(int row, int col) 9040 { 9041 sattr_T *p; 9042 int i; 9043 int plan; 9044 int cost; 9045 int wouldbe_col; 9046 int noinvcurs; 9047 char_u *bs; 9048 int goto_cost; 9049 int attr; 9050 9051 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9052 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9053 9054 #define PLAN_LE 1 9055 #define PLAN_CR 2 9056 #define PLAN_NL 3 9057 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9058 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9059 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9060 return; 9061 9062 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9063 { 9064 /* Check for valid position. */ 9065 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9066 row = 0; 9067 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9068 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9069 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9070 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9071 9072 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9073 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9074 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9075 else 9076 noinvcurs = 0; 9077 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9078 9079 /* 9080 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9081 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9082 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9083 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9084 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9085 * 9086 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9087 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9088 * 9089 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9090 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9091 */ 9092 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9093 { 9094 /* 9095 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9096 * or T_LE. 9097 */ 9098 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9099 attr = screen_attr; 9100 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9101 { 9102 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9103 if (*T_LE) 9104 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9105 else 9106 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9107 if (*bs) 9108 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9109 else 9110 cost = 999; 9111 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9112 { 9113 plan = PLAN_CR; 9114 wouldbe_col = 0; 9115 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9116 } 9117 else 9118 { 9119 plan = PLAN_LE; 9120 wouldbe_col = col; 9121 } 9122 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9123 { 9124 cost += noinvcurs; 9125 attr = 0; 9126 } 9127 } 9128 9129 /* 9130 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9131 */ 9132 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9133 { 9134 plan = PLAN_NL; 9135 wouldbe_col = 0; 9136 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9137 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9138 { 9139 cost += noinvcurs; 9140 attr = 0; 9141 } 9142 } 9143 9144 /* 9145 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9146 */ 9147 else 9148 { 9149 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9150 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9151 cost = 0; 9152 } 9153 9154 /* 9155 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9156 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9157 */ 9158 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9159 if (i > 0) 9160 cost += i; 9161 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9162 { 9163 /* 9164 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9165 * stopping highlighting. 9166 */ 9167 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9168 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9169 --i; 9170 if (i != 0) 9171 { 9172 /* 9173 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9174 */ 9175 if (*--p == 0) 9176 { 9177 cost += noinvcurs; 9178 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9179 --i; 9180 } 9181 if (i != 0) 9182 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9183 } 9184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9185 if (enc_utf8) 9186 { 9187 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9188 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9189 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9190 { 9191 cost = 999; 9192 break; 9193 } 9194 } 9195 #endif 9196 } 9197 9198 /* 9199 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9200 */ 9201 if (cost < goto_cost) 9202 { 9203 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9204 { 9205 if (noinvcurs) 9206 screen_stop_highlight(); 9207 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9208 { 9209 out_str(bs); 9210 --screen_cur_col; 9211 } 9212 } 9213 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9214 { 9215 if (noinvcurs) 9216 screen_stop_highlight(); 9217 out_char('\r'); 9218 screen_cur_col = 0; 9219 } 9220 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9221 { 9222 if (noinvcurs) 9223 screen_stop_highlight(); 9224 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9225 { 9226 out_char('\n'); 9227 ++screen_cur_row; 9228 } 9229 screen_cur_col = 0; 9230 } 9231 9232 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9233 if (i > 0) 9234 { 9235 /* 9236 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9237 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9238 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9239 */ 9240 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9241 { 9242 while (i-- > 0) 9243 out_char(*T_ND); 9244 } 9245 else 9246 { 9247 int off; 9248 9249 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9250 while (i-- > 0) 9251 { 9252 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9253 screen_stop_highlight(); 9254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9255 out_flush_check(); 9256 #endif 9257 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9259 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9260 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9261 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9262 #endif 9263 ++off; 9264 } 9265 } 9266 } 9267 } 9268 } 9269 else 9270 cost = 999; 9271 9272 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9273 { 9274 if (noinvcurs) 9275 screen_stop_highlight(); 9276 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9277 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9278 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9279 else 9280 term_windgoto(row, col); 9281 } 9282 screen_cur_row = row; 9283 screen_cur_col = col; 9284 } 9285 } 9286 9287 /* 9288 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9289 */ 9290 void 9291 setcursor(void) 9292 { 9293 if (redrawing()) 9294 { 9295 validate_cursor(); 9296 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9297 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9298 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9299 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9300 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9301 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9302 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9303 (has_mbyte 9304 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9305 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9306 # endif 9307 1)) : 9308 #endif 9309 curwin->w_wcol)); 9310 } 9311 } 9312 9313 9314 /* 9315 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 9316 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9317 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9318 * scrolling. 9319 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9320 */ 9321 int 9322 win_ins_lines( 9323 win_T *wp, 9324 int row, 9325 int line_count, 9326 int invalid, 9327 int mayclear) 9328 { 9329 int did_delete; 9330 int nextrow; 9331 int lastrow; 9332 int retval; 9333 9334 if (invalid) 9335 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9336 9337 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9338 return FAIL; 9339 9340 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9341 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9342 9343 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9344 if (retval != MAYBE) 9345 return retval; 9346 9347 /* 9348 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9349 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9350 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9351 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9352 */ 9353 did_delete = FALSE; 9354 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9355 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9356 { 9357 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9358 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9359 did_delete = TRUE; 9360 else if (wp->w_next) 9361 return FAIL; 9362 } 9363 #endif 9364 /* 9365 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9366 */ 9367 if (!did_delete) 9368 { 9369 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9370 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9371 #endif 9372 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9373 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9374 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9375 if (lastrow > Rows) 9376 lastrow = Rows; 9377 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9378 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9379 ' ', ' ', 0); 9380 } 9381 9382 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9383 == FAIL) 9384 { 9385 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9386 if (did_delete) 9387 { 9388 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9389 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9390 #endif 9391 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9392 } 9393 return FAIL; 9394 } 9395 9396 return OK; 9397 } 9398 9399 /* 9400 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 9401 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9402 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9403 * scrolling 9404 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9405 */ 9406 int 9407 win_del_lines( 9408 win_T *wp, 9409 int row, 9410 int line_count, 9411 int invalid, 9412 int mayclear) 9413 { 9414 int retval; 9415 9416 if (invalid) 9417 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9418 9419 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9420 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9421 9422 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9423 if (retval != MAYBE) 9424 return retval; 9425 9426 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9427 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9428 return FAIL; 9429 9430 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9431 /* 9432 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9433 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9434 */ 9435 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9436 { 9437 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9438 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9439 { 9440 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9441 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9442 } 9443 } 9444 /* 9445 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9446 * command line later. 9447 */ 9448 else 9449 #endif 9450 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9451 return OK; 9452 } 9453 9454 /* 9455 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9456 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9457 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9458 */ 9459 static int 9460 win_do_lines( 9461 win_T *wp, 9462 int row, 9463 int line_count, 9464 int mayclear, 9465 int del) 9466 { 9467 int retval; 9468 9469 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9470 return FAIL; 9471 9472 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9473 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9474 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9475 && wp->w_width == Columns 9476 #endif 9477 ) 9478 { 9479 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9480 return FAIL; 9481 } 9482 9483 /* 9484 * Delete all remaining lines 9485 */ 9486 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9487 { 9488 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9489 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9490 ' ', ' ', 0); 9491 return OK; 9492 } 9493 9494 /* 9495 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9496 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9497 */ 9498 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9499 9500 /* 9501 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9502 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9503 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9504 * win_line(). 9505 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9506 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9507 * scroll-up . 9508 */ 9509 if (scroll_region 9510 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9511 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9512 #endif 9513 ) 9514 { 9515 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9516 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9517 #endif 9518 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9519 if (del) 9520 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9521 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9522 else 9523 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9524 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9526 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9527 #endif 9528 scroll_region_reset(); 9529 return retval; 9530 } 9531 9532 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9533 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9534 return FAIL; 9535 #endif 9536 9537 return MAYBE; 9538 } 9539 9540 /* 9541 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9542 */ 9543 static void 9544 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9545 { 9546 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9547 while (wp != NULL) 9548 #else 9549 if (wp != NULL) 9550 #endif 9551 { 9552 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9553 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9554 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9555 wp = wp->w_next; 9556 #endif 9557 } 9558 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9559 } 9560 9561 /* 9562 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9563 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9564 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9565 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9566 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9567 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9568 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9569 */ 9570 9571 /* 9572 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9573 */ 9574 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9575 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9576 #define USE_T_AL 3 9577 #define USE_T_CE 4 9578 #define USE_T_DL 5 9579 #define USE_T_SR 6 9580 #define USE_NL 7 9581 #define USE_T_CD 8 9582 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9583 9584 /* 9585 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9586 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9587 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9588 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9589 * 9590 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9591 */ 9592 int 9593 screen_ins_lines( 9594 int off, 9595 int row, 9596 int line_count, 9597 int end, 9598 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9599 { 9600 int i; 9601 int j; 9602 unsigned temp; 9603 int cursor_row; 9604 int type; 9605 int result_empty; 9606 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9607 9608 /* 9609 * FAIL if 9610 * - there is no valid screen 9611 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9612 * - the line count is less than one 9613 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9614 */ 9615 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9616 return FAIL; 9617 9618 /* 9619 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9620 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9621 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9622 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9623 * the insert is just empty lines 9624 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9625 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9626 * at once. 9627 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9628 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9629 * 1. 9630 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9631 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9632 * just empty lines. 9633 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9634 * just empty lines. 9635 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9636 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9637 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9638 * 9639 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9640 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9641 * exists. 9642 */ 9643 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9644 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9645 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9646 type = USE_REDRAW; 9647 else 9648 #endif 9649 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9650 type = USE_T_CD; 9651 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9652 type = USE_T_CAL; 9653 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9654 type = USE_T_CDL; 9655 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9656 type = USE_T_AL; 9657 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9658 type = USE_T_CE; 9659 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9660 type = USE_T_DL; 9661 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9662 type = USE_T_SR; 9663 else 9664 return FAIL; 9665 9666 /* 9667 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9668 * care of t_db if necessary. 9669 */ 9670 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9671 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9672 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9673 9674 /* 9675 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9676 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9677 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9678 */ 9679 if (*T_DB) 9680 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9681 9682 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9683 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9684 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9685 if (off + row > 0 9686 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9687 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9688 # endif 9689 ) 9690 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9691 else 9692 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9693 #endif 9694 9695 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9696 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9697 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9698 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9699 #endif 9700 9701 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9702 cursor_row = row; 9703 else 9704 cursor_row = row + off; 9705 9706 /* 9707 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9708 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9709 */ 9710 row += off; 9711 end += off; 9712 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9713 { 9714 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9715 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9716 { 9717 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9718 j = end - 1 - i; 9719 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9720 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9721 j += line_count; 9722 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9723 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9724 else 9725 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9726 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9727 } 9728 else 9729 #endif 9730 { 9731 j = end - 1 - i; 9732 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9733 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9734 { 9735 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9736 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9737 } 9738 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9739 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9740 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9741 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9742 else 9743 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9744 } 9745 } 9746 9747 screen_stop_highlight(); 9748 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9749 9750 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9751 /* redraw the characters */ 9752 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9753 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9754 else 9755 #endif 9756 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9757 { 9758 term_append_lines(line_count); 9759 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9760 } 9761 else 9762 { 9763 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9764 { 9765 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9766 { 9767 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9768 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9769 out_str(T_AL); 9770 } 9771 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9772 out_str(T_SR); 9773 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9774 } 9775 } 9776 9777 /* 9778 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9779 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9780 */ 9781 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9782 { 9783 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9784 { 9785 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9786 out_str(T_CE); 9787 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9788 } 9789 } 9790 9791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9792 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9793 if (gui.in_use) 9794 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9795 #endif 9796 return OK; 9797 } 9798 9799 /* 9800 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9801 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9802 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9803 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9804 * 9805 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9806 */ 9807 int 9808 screen_del_lines( 9809 int off, 9810 int row, 9811 int line_count, 9812 int end, 9813 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9814 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9815 { 9816 int j; 9817 int i; 9818 unsigned temp; 9819 int cursor_row; 9820 int cursor_end; 9821 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9822 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9823 int type; 9824 9825 /* 9826 * FAIL if 9827 * - there is no valid screen 9828 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9829 * - the line count is less than one 9830 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9831 */ 9832 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 9833 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 9834 return FAIL; 9835 9836 /* 9837 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9838 */ 9839 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9840 9841 /* 9842 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9843 * available. 9844 */ 9845 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9846 9847 /* 9848 * There are six ways to delete lines: 9849 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9850 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9851 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 9852 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 9853 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 9854 * none of the other ways work. 9855 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 9856 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 9857 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9858 */ 9859 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9860 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9861 type = USE_REDRAW; 9862 else 9863 #endif 9864 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9865 type = USE_T_CD; 9866 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 9867 /* 9868 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 9869 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 9870 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 9871 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 9872 * the trick... 9873 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 9874 * (Olaf Seibert) 9875 */ 9876 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 9877 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 9878 #else 9879 else if (row == 0 && ( 9880 #ifndef AMIGA 9881 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 9882 * up, so use delete-line command */ 9883 line_count == 1 || 9884 #endif 9885 *T_CDL == NUL)) 9886 #endif 9887 type = USE_NL; 9888 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 9889 type = USE_T_CDL; 9890 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 9891 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9892 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 9893 #endif 9894 ) 9895 type = USE_T_CE; 9896 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 9897 type = USE_T_DL; 9898 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 9899 type = USE_T_CDL; 9900 else 9901 return FAIL; 9902 9903 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9904 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 9905 * not the full width of the screen. */ 9906 if (off + row > 0 9907 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9908 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9909 # endif 9910 ) 9911 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9912 else 9913 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 9914 #endif 9915 9916 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9917 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9918 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9919 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 9920 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 9921 #endif 9922 9923 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9924 { 9925 cursor_row = row; 9926 cursor_end = end; 9927 } 9928 else 9929 { 9930 cursor_row = row + off; 9931 cursor_end = end + off; 9932 } 9933 9934 /* 9935 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 9936 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9937 */ 9938 row += off; 9939 end += off; 9940 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9941 { 9942 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9943 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9944 { 9945 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9946 j = row + i; 9947 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9948 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 9949 j -= line_count; 9950 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9951 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9952 else 9953 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9954 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9955 } 9956 else 9957 #endif 9958 { 9959 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 9960 j = row + i; 9961 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9962 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9963 { 9964 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9965 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9966 } 9967 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 9968 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 9969 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9970 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9971 else 9972 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9973 } 9974 } 9975 9976 screen_stop_highlight(); 9977 9978 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9979 /* redraw the characters */ 9980 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9981 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9982 else 9983 #endif 9984 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 9985 { 9986 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9987 out_str(T_CD); 9988 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9989 } 9990 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 9991 { 9992 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9993 term_delete_lines(line_count); 9994 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9995 } 9996 /* 9997 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 9998 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 9999 * last line. 10000 */ 10001 else if (type == USE_NL) 10002 { 10003 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 10004 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10005 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 10006 } 10007 else 10008 { 10009 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 10010 { 10011 if (type == USE_T_DL) 10012 { 10013 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 10014 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 10015 } 10016 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 10017 { 10018 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 10019 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10020 } 10021 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10022 } 10023 } 10024 10025 /* 10026 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10027 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10028 */ 10029 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10030 { 10031 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10032 { 10033 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10034 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10035 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10036 } 10037 } 10038 10039 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10040 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10041 if (gui.in_use) 10042 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10043 #endif 10044 10045 return OK; 10046 } 10047 10048 /* 10049 * show the current mode and ruler 10050 * 10051 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10052 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10053 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10054 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10055 */ 10056 int 10057 showmode(void) 10058 { 10059 int need_clear; 10060 int length = 0; 10061 int do_mode; 10062 int attr; 10063 int nwr_save; 10064 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10065 int sub_attr; 10066 #endif 10067 10068 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10069 && ((State & INSERT) 10070 || restart_edit 10071 || VIsual_active)); 10072 if (do_mode || Recording) 10073 { 10074 /* 10075 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10076 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10077 * it takes a bit of time. 10078 */ 10079 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10080 { 10081 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10082 return 0; 10083 } 10084 10085 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10086 10087 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10088 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10089 10090 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10091 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10092 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10093 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10094 10095 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10096 msg_pos_mode(); 10097 cursor_off(); 10098 attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10099 if (do_mode) 10100 { 10101 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10102 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10103 if ( 10104 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10105 preedit_get_status() 10106 # else 10107 im_get_status() 10108 # endif 10109 ) 10110 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10111 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10112 # else 10113 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10114 # endif 10115 #endif 10116 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10117 if (gui.in_use) 10118 { 10119 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10120 { 10121 /* HANGUL */ 10122 if (enc_utf8) 10123 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10124 else 10125 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10126 } 10127 } 10128 #endif 10129 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10130 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10131 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10132 { 10133 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10134 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10135 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10136 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10137 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10138 if (length > 0) 10139 { 10140 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10141 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10142 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10143 { 10144 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10145 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10146 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10147 } 10148 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10149 { 10150 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10151 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10152 sub_attr = HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl); 10153 else 10154 sub_attr = attr; 10155 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10156 } 10157 } 10158 length = 0; 10159 } 10160 else 10161 #endif 10162 { 10163 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10164 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10165 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10166 else 10167 #endif 10168 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10169 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10170 else if (State & INSERT) 10171 { 10172 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10173 if (p_ri) 10174 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10175 #endif 10176 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10177 } 10178 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10179 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10180 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10181 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10182 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10183 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10184 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10185 if (p_hkmap) 10186 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10187 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10188 if (p_fkmap) 10189 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10190 # endif 10191 #endif 10192 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10193 if (State & LANGMAP) 10194 { 10195 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10196 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10197 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10198 else 10199 # endif 10200 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10201 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10202 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10203 } 10204 #endif 10205 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10206 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10207 10208 if (VIsual_active) 10209 { 10210 char *p; 10211 10212 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10213 * problems. */ 10214 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10215 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10216 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10217 { 10218 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10219 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10220 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10221 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10222 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10223 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10224 } 10225 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10226 } 10227 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10228 } 10229 10230 need_clear = TRUE; 10231 } 10232 if (Recording 10233 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10234 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10235 #endif 10236 ) 10237 { 10238 recording_mode(attr); 10239 need_clear = TRUE; 10240 } 10241 10242 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10243 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10244 msg_clr_eos(); 10245 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10246 length = msg_col; 10247 msg_col = 0; 10248 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10249 } 10250 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10251 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10252 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10253 10254 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10255 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10256 if (VIsual_active) 10257 clear_showcmd(); 10258 10259 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10260 * message and must be redrawn */ 10261 if (redrawing() 10262 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10263 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10264 # endif 10265 ) 10266 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10267 #endif 10268 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10269 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10270 10271 return length; 10272 } 10273 10274 /* 10275 * Position for a mode message. 10276 */ 10277 static void 10278 msg_pos_mode(void) 10279 { 10280 msg_col = 0; 10281 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10282 } 10283 10284 /* 10285 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10286 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10287 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10288 */ 10289 void 10290 unshowmode(int force) 10291 { 10292 /* 10293 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10294 */ 10295 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10296 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10297 else 10298 clearmode(); 10299 } 10300 10301 /* 10302 * Clear the mode message. 10303 */ 10304 void 10305 clearmode(void) 10306 { 10307 msg_pos_mode(); 10308 if (Recording) 10309 recording_mode(HL_ATTR(HLF_CM)); 10310 msg_clr_eos(); 10311 } 10312 10313 static void 10314 recording_mode(int attr) 10315 { 10316 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10317 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10318 { 10319 char_u s[4]; 10320 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10321 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10322 } 10323 } 10324 10325 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10326 /* 10327 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10328 */ 10329 static void 10330 draw_tabline(void) 10331 { 10332 int tabcount = 0; 10333 tabpage_T *tp; 10334 int tabwidth; 10335 int col = 0; 10336 int scol = 0; 10337 int attr; 10338 win_T *wp; 10339 win_T *cwp; 10340 int wincount; 10341 int modified; 10342 int c; 10343 int len; 10344 int attr_sel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPS); 10345 int attr_nosel = HL_ATTR(HLF_TP); 10346 int attr_fill = HL_ATTR(HLF_TPF); 10347 char_u *p; 10348 int room; 10349 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10350 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10351 && !gui.in_use 10352 #endif 10353 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10354 && !p_tgc 10355 #endif 10356 ); 10357 10358 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 10359 return; 10360 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10361 10362 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10363 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10364 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10365 { 10366 gui_update_tabline(); 10367 return; 10368 } 10369 #endif 10370 10371 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10372 return; 10373 10374 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10375 10376 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10377 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10378 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10379 10380 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10381 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10382 { 10383 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10384 10385 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10386 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10387 did_emsg = FALSE; 10388 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10389 if (did_emsg) 10390 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10391 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10392 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10393 } 10394 else 10395 #endif 10396 { 10397 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10398 ++tabcount; 10399 10400 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10401 if (tabwidth < 6) 10402 tabwidth = 6; 10403 10404 attr = attr_nosel; 10405 tabcount = 0; 10406 scol = 0; 10407 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10408 tp = tp->tp_next) 10409 { 10410 scol = col; 10411 10412 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10413 attr = attr_sel; 10414 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10415 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10416 10417 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10418 attr = attr_nosel; 10419 10420 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10421 10422 if (tp == curtab) 10423 { 10424 cwp = curwin; 10425 wp = firstwin; 10426 } 10427 else 10428 { 10429 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10430 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10431 } 10432 10433 modified = FALSE; 10434 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10435 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10436 modified = TRUE; 10437 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10438 { 10439 if (wincount > 1) 10440 { 10441 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10442 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10443 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10444 break; 10445 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10446 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10447 hl_combine_attr(attr, HL_ATTR(HLF_T)) 10448 #else 10449 attr 10450 #endif 10451 ); 10452 col += len; 10453 } 10454 if (modified) 10455 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10456 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10457 } 10458 10459 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10460 if (room > 0) 10461 { 10462 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10463 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10464 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10465 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10466 p = NameBuff; 10467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10468 if (has_mbyte) 10469 while (len > room) 10470 { 10471 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10472 MB_PTR_ADV(p); 10473 } 10474 else 10475 #endif 10476 if (len > room) 10477 { 10478 p += len - room; 10479 len = room; 10480 } 10481 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10482 len = Columns - col - 1; 10483 10484 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10485 col += len; 10486 } 10487 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10488 10489 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10490 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10491 ++tabcount; 10492 while (scol < col) 10493 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10494 } 10495 10496 if (use_sep_chars) 10497 c = '_'; 10498 else 10499 c = ' '; 10500 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10501 10502 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10503 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10504 { 10505 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10506 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10507 } 10508 } 10509 10510 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10511 * set. */ 10512 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10513 } 10514 10515 /* 10516 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10517 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10518 */ 10519 void 10520 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10521 { 10522 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10523 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10524 else 10525 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10526 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10527 } 10528 #endif 10529 10530 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10531 /* 10532 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10533 */ 10534 static int 10535 fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin) 10536 { 10537 int fill; 10538 if (is_curwin) 10539 { 10540 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_S); 10541 fill = fill_stl; 10542 } 10543 else 10544 { 10545 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC); 10546 fill = fill_stlnc; 10547 } 10548 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10549 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10550 * current window */ 10551 if (*attr != 0 && ((HL_ATTR(HLF_S) != HL_ATTR(HLF_SNC) 10552 || !is_curwin || ONE_WINDOW) 10553 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10554 return fill; 10555 if (is_curwin) 10556 return '^'; 10557 return '='; 10558 } 10559 #endif 10560 10561 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10562 /* 10563 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10564 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10565 */ 10566 static int 10567 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10568 { 10569 *attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_C); 10570 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10571 return '|'; 10572 else 10573 return fill_vert; 10574 } 10575 #endif 10576 10577 /* 10578 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10579 */ 10580 int 10581 redrawing(void) 10582 { 10583 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 10584 if (disable_redraw_for_testing) 10585 return 0; 10586 else 10587 #endif 10588 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10589 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10590 } 10591 10592 /* 10593 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10594 */ 10595 int 10596 messaging(void) 10597 { 10598 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10599 } 10600 10601 /* 10602 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10603 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10604 */ 10605 void 10606 showruler(int always) 10607 { 10608 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10609 return; 10610 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10611 if (pum_visible()) 10612 { 10613 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10614 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10615 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10616 # endif 10617 return; 10618 } 10619 #endif 10620 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10621 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10622 { 10623 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10624 } 10625 else 10626 #endif 10627 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10628 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10629 #endif 10630 10631 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10632 if (need_maketitle 10633 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10634 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10635 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10636 # endif 10637 ) 10638 maketitle(); 10639 #endif 10640 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10641 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10642 if (redraw_tabline) 10643 draw_tabline(); 10644 #endif 10645 } 10646 10647 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10648 static void 10649 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10650 { 10651 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10652 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10653 int row; 10654 int fillchar; 10655 int attr; 10656 int empty_line = FALSE; 10657 colnr_T virtcol; 10658 int i; 10659 size_t len; 10660 int o; 10661 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10662 int this_ru_col; 10663 int off = 0; 10664 int width = Columns; 10665 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10666 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10667 #else 10668 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10669 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10670 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10671 #endif 10672 10673 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10674 if (!p_ru) 10675 return; 10676 10677 /* 10678 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10679 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10680 */ 10681 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10682 return; 10683 10684 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10685 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10686 * the (long) mode message. */ 10687 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10688 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10689 # endif 10690 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10691 return; 10692 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10693 if (pum_visible()) 10694 return; 10695 #endif 10696 10697 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10698 if (*p_ruf) 10699 { 10700 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10701 10702 called_emsg = FALSE; 10703 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10704 if (called_emsg) 10705 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10706 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10707 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10708 return; 10709 } 10710 #endif 10711 10712 /* 10713 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10714 */ 10715 if (!(State & INSERT) 10716 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10717 empty_line = TRUE; 10718 10719 /* 10720 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10721 */ 10722 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10723 if ( redraw_cmdline 10724 || always 10725 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10726 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10727 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10728 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10729 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10730 #endif 10731 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10732 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10733 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10734 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10735 #endif 10736 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10737 { 10738 cursor_off(); 10739 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10740 if (wp->w_status_height) 10741 { 10742 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10743 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 10744 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10745 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10746 } 10747 else 10748 #endif 10749 { 10750 row = Rows - 1; 10751 fillchar = ' '; 10752 attr = 0; 10753 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10754 width = Columns; 10755 off = 0; 10756 #endif 10757 } 10758 10759 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10760 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10761 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10762 { 10763 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10764 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10765 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10766 } 10767 10768 /* 10769 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10770 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10771 */ 10772 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10773 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10774 ? 0L 10775 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10776 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10777 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10778 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10779 (int)virtcol + 1); 10780 10781 /* 10782 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10783 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10784 * screen up on some terminals). 10785 */ 10786 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10787 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10788 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10789 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10790 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10791 #endif 10792 ++o; 10793 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10794 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10795 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10796 this_ru_col = 0; 10797 #endif 10798 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10799 * half for the filename. */ 10800 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10801 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10802 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10803 { 10804 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10805 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10806 { 10807 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10808 if (has_mbyte) 10809 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10810 else 10811 #endif 10812 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10813 ++o; 10814 } 10815 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10816 } 10817 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10819 if (has_mbyte) 10820 { 10821 o = 0; 10822 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10823 { 10824 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10825 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10826 { 10827 buffer[i] = NUL; 10828 break; 10829 } 10830 } 10831 } 10832 else 10833 #endif 10834 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10835 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10836 10837 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 10838 i = redraw_cmdline; 10839 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10840 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10841 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 10842 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10843 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10844 redraw_cmdline = i; 10845 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10846 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10847 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10848 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 10849 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10850 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10851 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 10852 #endif 10853 } 10854 } 10855 #endif 10856 10857 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 10858 /* 10859 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 10860 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 10861 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 10862 */ 10863 int 10864 number_width(win_T *wp) 10865 { 10866 int n; 10867 linenr_T lnum; 10868 10869 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 10870 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 10871 lnum = wp->w_height; 10872 else 10873 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 10874 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10875 10876 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 10877 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 10878 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 10879 10880 n = 0; 10881 do 10882 { 10883 lnum /= 10; 10884 ++n; 10885 } while (lnum > 0); 10886 10887 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 10888 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 10889 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 10890 10891 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 10892 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 10893 return n; 10894 } 10895 #endif 10896 10897 /* 10898 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 10899 * screen. First column is 0. 10900 */ 10901 int 10902 screen_screencol(void) 10903 { 10904 return screen_cur_col; 10905 } 10906 10907 /* 10908 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 10909 * First row is 0. 10910 */ 10911 int 10912 screen_screenrow(void) 10913 { 10914 return screen_cur_row; 10915 } 10916